The
Bedfordshire Regiment in the Great War

(Site
built by and © Steven Fuller, 2003 to 2011)
|
|
1915 War Diary appendices
NOTES: All
remarks in squared brackets are my own additions, amendments or
comments and are not part of the original document
I have adjusted all names
to show in bold and capital letters, to make them easier to pick
out. This is not how they appear in the original document.
January 1915.
MESSAGES AND SIGNALS Sender's Number Day of Month Bd.
61 28 Jan 15 Report re test parade of Battalion in Divisional reserve.
1. Exact hour message received 9.55 AM. 2. Orders
issued 10.3 AM. 3. Battalion ready to move off 10.50 A.M. Transport
ready to move off with rations for 29th 11.50 A.M. 4. Rations carried
Remainder of days ration & iron rations except men of last draft.
Ammunition carried 200 rounds Report made to Lt.Colonel Daly
personally. C.C.Onslow
[Cranley Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO], Major,
Comdg. 2 Bedf.R. Officer Commanding, 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
The Battalions in Divisional Reserve will fall in
at once ready for action as a test parade. Report when ready to
march off. It should be stated also: - (1) The exact hour at which
this message is received. (2) When orders were issued. (3) When
the Battalion was ready to move off. (4) What rations and ammunition
are carried. The G.O.C. wants a careful record made of above. A.C.DALY,
Lt.Colonel A.A.& Q.M.G., 7th Division. 28/1/1915
January 31st 1915. My dear. I think it is possible
or even probable that you hold the idea (which I fear is rather
prevalent out of England) that the New Armies are a sort of ridiculous
joke which cannot for a very long time be considered seriously.
And as I think that it causes a lot of mischief that such an idea
should be in existence I am proposing to give you my idea of what
they are worth as far as my knowledge of them goes. And although
I daresay you won't think that is worth much, it is just as well
that every part of our forces should consider the views of other
portions. The Division was formed on about September 15th and was
an off-shoot of the Division, so that we have now had about 4 months
training. I have been with it since its birth, first as D.A.A. &
Q.M.G.; then I was changed over to G.S.O.2. I will sketch the history
and progress of this Division as far as I can and I believe it is
not very different to other divisions. I see frequently and know
pretty well the General Officers Commanding and Staff of the other
divisions at Aldershot which are four in number, and as far as I
can make out they are in much the same state as we are. The infantry
of the Division consists of x x x. These have all reached the same
stage of training, viz: - They completed some 10 weeks recruit training,
6 weeks company training, a recruits course of musketry, and are
now in the middle of battalion training. All the training has been
carried out under pretty peculiar conditions. For instance, we have
had no rifles (except very old D.P. ones unfit to fire) till the
end of December, no uniform except the convict blue, a scarcity
of boots, no hats, no equipment, no transport; in fact devilish
little anything. In spite of that the progress made has been remarkable.
During the last few weeks things have begun to come in and we have
now a proportion of service rifles, service dress and greatcoats
and decent boots for all. Horses, wagons - so far no web equipment
(and I cannot hear when it is coming); there is a certain amount
of the old buff pattern. Of course battalions vary to a certain
extent but every battalion in the division can do a route march
of 16 to 18 miles and one hears the battalion commander discussing
the reason for one man falling out. Not having equipment, they cannot
go out in marching order but it shows that they are fairly fit and
that their march discipline is good, that they can plug along for
16 or 18 miles without feet casualties. The thing that strikes one
more than anything is the extreme anxiety of all ranks to learn.
If one goes up to a battalion doing, say, outposts and questions
an individual man who is doing sentry or something he on his own
he will probably finish up the conversation by saying "Thank you
very much for telling me"!! This may sound peculiar to you, but
I can assure you that the discipline, which is what we have gone
for most of all during the whole time, is excellent. For instance,
there are now quartered at Aldershot between 130,000 and 140,000
men, Up till Xmas there had been a total of 43 deserters, which
is pretty good considering they are all newly enlisted men. As regards
artillery, we have been very badly hampered by lack of guns. Our
divisional artillery has only had old S.African 15-prs. and old
French guns to train with. I'm thankful to say that our first instalment
of new guns came in today. Harness has been non-existent, but I
daresay you know about that. It is all right now and I suppose you
know where it has come from. However, in spite of all that the training
has gone ahead well, and our C.R.A., who is a first rate man, is
most sanguine. The officers have nearly all gone through a short
course at Shoeburyness and also a course at Farnboro' in air service
and artillery co-operation and we have taught most of the men to
ride and drive decently and about 5% have been through a telephone
and buzzer course. The R.E. are first class. I should say they are
as good in practice as most of the old regulars. We have a very
good C.R.E. and he has a good proportion of regular officers and
some excellent civil engineers under him. Then we have the Signal
Company, which is excellent. Cyclist Company - not long formed -
but coming along well. Divisional Train rather behindhand owing
to lack of harness and vehicles, but under a really good regular
officer. R.A.M.C. being separately trained. Cavalry - nil. I suppose
they will make the Cyclist Cos. act as our Divisional cavalry; it
is stronger than the old establishment, viz: -7 platoons. But we
are told that we may possibly be given a squadron of yeomanry or
Reserve Cavalry as well. It doesn't appear, though, as if cavalry
was much good to one at present, tho' of course it will be if we
ever get a move on. The general question of officers is a difficult
one, but taking them all round they are a first rate lot. Of course
there are a few rather ancient warriors, but I am glad to say we
have got rid of most of them. Then all units have an excellent lot
of O.T.C. boys who are really first class subalterns. Our greatest
difficulty at present is the training of specialists, especially
machine gun sections. We have got no machine guns and all we can
do is to get the officers and N.C.O's put through courses and get
together the personnel of the sections and lecture them. I believe,
however, that guns will be to hand shortly. Transport sections,
sanitary squads, stretcher bearers, are now being trained all right.
Re signallers; we had an order early on in the proceedings to only
train men in semaphore. We ignored this, however, and as far as
our Division is concerned, have made them train a minimum of 16
and maximum of 32 per battalion in Morse, the idea being, not that
they will use flag, lamp or helio much, but that they will be indispensable
for supplementing the signal service in reading and sending on the
buzzer. I should be glad of a tip from you as to whether you think
this is sound or waste of time. It is entirely my own idea and a
good many people oppose it. The keenness of all is quite marvellous.
It is unfashionable to grumble. I head [sic] of a case where one
man got fed up and said he wouldn't do any more. He got 14 days
field imprisonment and when he came out was very nearly killed by
his platoon for having disgraced them! I fear I have sat up late
and rather let my pen run away with my favourite hobby. But I'm
keener about this show than anything I've ever had to do with in
my life so you must forgive me. There is nothing that can kill it
except ridicule and if it is in your power to put in a word with
anyone you hear throwing cold water on the New Army I wish you would
use it. Just one more thing. In musketry our whole Division averaged
higher in the Territorial Standard Test (which was part of our recruits
course) than my old Terriers in London, and they were the best shooting
battalion of Territorials in the London District, and remember all
their musketry had to be taught them with obsolete drill pattern
rifles. I think all the lessons and tips contained in the various
little pamphlets, "Notes from the Front", etc. issued by the General
Staff, have been valuable and that all have done their best to put
to a good use the lessons contained therein. Of course we don't
know at present how we are going to be used. I hope, however, that
as far as possible they will keep our existing formation intact.
As soon as we are complete in everything it would be good work if
we came over and completed our training in France. What would be
really of priceless value would be the taking over to Flanders for
a few days at a time small parties of Staffs and Commanding Officers,
who would then pick up a lot of useful tips. So far only one small
party of about 6 have gone over from Aldershot
February 1915
Officer Commanding, 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
(1) The attached Copy of orders for a practice attack
on an entrenched line, are forwarded for perusal. Each Battalion
when it next comes into Brigade Reserve will carry out this practice.
(2) On the afternoon of the day after it comes out of the trenches,
each Company will practice the attack in conjunction with Bombthrowers.
The Officer Commanding Grenade Company will place two Sections of
Bombthrowers at the disposal of the Officer Commanding Battalion
for this purpose. (3) On the following day the Battalion attack
will be carried out at a time which will be notified from Brigade
Head Quarters. (4) Officer Commanding Battalion will forward to
Brigade Head Quarters on the evening of the day before the attack
takes place a detail of the arrangements made with regard to the
special parties referred to in para. 7(a) and (b) of The Instructions.
The Officers Commanding 2nd Highland Company R.E. Grenade Company,
Signal Section and Brigade Machine Gun Officer will also forward
a detail of the instructions issued by them with regard to R.E.
Bombthrowers, Signal Parties and Machine Guns respectively. W.DRYSDALE,
Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. FLEURBAIX. 14th
Feb.1915.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No. 100. FLEURBAIX.
14.9.1915.
SITUATION. (1) The Germans are holding a line of trenches
marked on the map in red, and facing South East. The 21st Infantry
Brigade is holding a line facing them, along the line of the RUE
DU BOIS with 2 Battalions in the trenches and 2 in reserve. INTENTION.
(2) It is intended to attack that portion of the enemy's line marked
"A-B" tomorrow at ARTILLERY. (3) The Artillery of the Division will
bombard this part of the trenches, commencing at to prepare for
the attack (4) The following troops will carry out the attack: -
Commander. 2nd Bn. 2 Sections 2nd Highland Coy. R.E. 6 Sections
Grenade Company. 2 Machine Guns. This column will be deployed ready
to attack at at which hour the Commander will join the Brigadier
at CROIX BLANCHE. ASSAULT. (5) The column will advance to attack
at an hour which will be specified to the Commander by the Brigadier,
on the spot. Special instructions for the Conduct of the attack
are issued herewith. AMMUNITION. (6) 300 rounds S.A.A. will be carried
on the man, and arrangements have been made for the establishment
of a Reserve of 100 rounds a man, 1,000 Hand Grenades at CROIX BLANCHE.
PACKS. (7) Packs and great-coats will not be carried. They will
be collected in one place in billets, and arrangements made for
them to be brought up when required. TOOLS & SANDBAGS. (8) each
man will carry 4 sandbags rolled up and attached to his belt. Every
third man will carry a shovel. RATIONS. (9) An extra day's ration
will be carried by each man. FIELD AMBULANCE. (10) The 21st Field
Ambulance will send forward one Bearer Sub Division to CROIX BLANCHE.
COMMUNICATION (11) The Officer Commanding Brigade Signal Section
will arrange for telephone communication to be established with
Brigade Headquarters from the trench "A-B" as soon as it is captured,
and also for visual signalling and orderlies in case telephones
are cut. TRANSPORT. (12) All transport will remain in its present
position. BRIGADE HEADQUARTERS. (13) Brigade Headquarters will be
at CROIX BLANCHE after. Captain Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CONDUCT OF THE ATTACK.
ARTILLERY COOPERATION. (1). Artillery of the Division
have instructions to prepare for the attack by keeping down hostile
Artillery fire bombarding the enemy's trenches and machine gun emplacement
and cutting gaps in his wire. These gaps are to be at about 25 yards
interval. INFANTRY SUPPORT. (2). The Companies occupying our trench
on the flanks of the attack will support it by bringing a heavy
rifle and machine gun fire to bear on the enemy's trench and machine
gun emplacements opposite them. RECONNAISSANCE. (3). Reconnaissance
has ascertained that the ground between us and the enemy's trench
is flat and heavy going. There is one Stream to be crossed which
is shown on the map. It is from 6-8 feet wide and will require bridging.
There is a wire obstacle about 30 yards from the enemy's trench
3 yards wide. PREVIOUS ARRANGEMENTS. (4). No.2 Battalion holding
this section of our trenches opposite A-B will to-night make the
following arrangements: - (a) Cut gaps in our wire at 25 yards interval
all along, each gap to be 5 yards wide. (b) Cut notches for steps
in their parapets in this section all along at 2 yards apart and
drive a picket into the top of the parapet above each step to assist
a man to get out quickly. (c) To establish a reserve of 100,000
rounds of S.A.A. and 1000 hand Grenades at CROIX BLANCHE. (d). To
detail two platoons to be stationed at CROIX BLANCHE for the purpose
of carrying up ammunition and R.E.stores to the trenches as soon
as it is captured and secured. METHOD OF ATTACK. (5). The Attack.
(a) The attack will be carried out in lines of sections at 25 yards
interval and 50 yards distance with 3 Companies in the front line
and one in support as shown in the attached diagram X. The 2 Sections
R.E. will accompany the support. 3 Sections of Bombthrowers will
be with the leading Section of the front line, one section to each
Company and 3 Sections will be with the support. (b) Deployment.
The Column will deploy with the 2 leading platoons of each Company
in the front line in the fire trench. The 2 remaining platoons in
the communication trenches and the Support Company and R.E. in the
Support trench. As soon as the front trench is vacated by the 2
leading lines the section forming the next 2 lines will move up
into it and get into position opposite the gaps ready to advance
when the line in front has moved forward 50 yards. the deployment
will be completed by and care will be taken that the leading files
of each section in the front line are in position opposite the gaps
in our wire entanglements at that hour. (c) Advance. The Sections
when they advance will move through the gaps in their own wire and
straight on the gap in the enemy's wire opposite them. the leading
files in each section in the front line will carry 2 planks for
use in bridging the Stream. These planks will be found in our trench
opposite each gap in the wire. The two leading men in each leading
section will carry wire cutters. The planks when placed in position
across the stream will be left there for the use of the Sections
in rear. As soon as each line has advanced 50 yards the next line
will vacate the trench and follow. On reaching the enemy's wire,
if the gap is not complete the Bombthrowers will keep down the enemy's
fire by throwing bombs into the trenches while the wire cutters
clear a passage. SUPPORTS. (6) The Company in support will follow
in the same formation with 2 platoons in rear of each flank company
in the front line. The leading platoon on each flank in the Support
Company will be responsible for the protection of the flanks of
the attack and will each have one section of Bombthrowers attached
to it. The R.E., Machine Guns and reserve Section Bombthrowers will
follow in the rear of the Centre Company. DEFENCE OF THE TRENCH
WHEN CAPTURED. (7). (a) Covering Parties. As soon as the trench
is captured, men will be sent forward for 40 yards along Communication
trenches to the front and to the flanks to form a covering party.
As soon as the Support comes up, the leading flank platoon will
move along the trenches with their Bombthrowers to clear it and
so protect the flanks. (b) Preparation for defence. Every effort
will at once be made to prepare the captured trench for defence
from the enemy's side and to block communication trenches and place
traverses in trenches to guard the flanks. Special parties should
be detailed beforehand for each of these purposes. The R.E. will
detail parties to assist the infantry in each task and will also
commence at once to dig two Communicating trenches from each flank
of the captured trench back to our trench line. (c) Machine Guns.
Machine Guns should be placed in position as soon as possible so
that they can afford protection by fire to cover the infantry and
R.E. working on the defences. (d) Wire obstacles should be put up
as soon as possible. The R.E. will take wire for this purpose. Captain,
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. FLEURBAIX. 14th February 1915.
Officer Commanding 21st I.Bde. Bedf.Regt. 132/G
1. The following points noted by the Brigadier at
his inspection of the attack this morning are passed for information.
(a) The wire cutters were very slow at cutting the wire. Some of
them did not appear to know how to do it. They should practice this
as it is most important that the wire should be cut quickly. (b)
A good many of the bombs were thrown short of the trench. There
is room for much improvement in this. Very few of the bombs went
into the trench. (c) Several different ways of carrying the shovel
were adopted. The best way appears to be to fix the shovel vertically
behind the centre of the back underneath the equipment straps with
the blade up. (d) The quickest way to get the planks laid across
the ditch is to put them up on end on the near side and let them
drop into position across the ditch (e) Infantry parties should
be detailed to help the R.E. dig Communication trenches back from
the captured trench (f) The wiring party did their work well and
quickly. It is a great advantage to a Battalion to have a party
trained in this rapid wiring and arrangements will be made to have
parties from each battalion trained when it comes into Brigade Reserve.
(g) Some of the infantry working parties, especially the flank parties
to block the trenches were slow in getting to work. The procedure
should be as follows. As soon as the trench is captured a few men
with bayonets and some bomb throwers should be sent along to the
flank to clear it for a distance of 40 yards. The trench should
then be double blocked, a parapet being made across it at the left
point of attack and another at 40 yards out so that any enemy coming
along the trench to throw bombs into the captured trench must expose
himself getting over the parapet. The same procedure should be adopted
with regard to the enemy's communicating trenches which should be
double blocked in the same way. W.DRYSDALE, Captain, Brigade
Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 18th February 1915.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regiment.
The following points observed by the Brigadier at
the last two attack practices are brought to your notice. COVERING
PARTY. It appears to be a mistake to put out a covering party in
front when the trench has been captured, unless there is a suitable
ditch or trench in which it can take cover. Covering fire when the
work of transferring the parapet is going on can best be given by
Machine Guns which should be emplaced as soon as possible. COMMUNICATION.
It is impossible for the telephone operators to drag the wire along
over wet ground without assistance. The Officer Commanding Battalion
should detail 6 men to report to the Officer Commanding Signal Section
at the place of deployment to assist them in laying the wire. WIRE.
The wire obstacle is not at present a great enough one and is too
easily crossed at any point. Arrangements are being made to get
it increased so that it will be difficult to cross except where
gaps are cut. In order to facilitate repairing the wire, places
will be marked where the gaps are to be cut and the wire should
not be cut except where marked. W.DRYSDALE, Captain, Brigade
Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 24.2.1915.
O.C.Coys. For information. C.C.Onslow
[Cranley Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO], for Capt.
Adjt. 2/Bedf/R. 25.2.15 SECRET 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
Forwarded. Defence Scheme should be amended accordingly.
W.DRYSDALE, Capt. B.M. 2nd Inf.Bde. Fleurbaix. 25.2.15. Alterations
to nomenclature of Redoubts and Support Points occupied by 7th Division.
(1) FIRST LINE. Old designation New designation A. 1.A. Works on
RUE DU BOIS in No.2 1.X. B. 1.B. C. 1.C. D. 2.D. E. 2.E. F. 3.F.
CONVENT REDOUBT 3.G. H. 4.H. I. 4.I. J. 5.J. "Y" Farm. 5.Y. K..
5.K. L. 6.L. M. 6.M. CULVERT FARM 6.Z. (2) SECOND LINE. (i.e. Works
behind G.H.Q.Line) Former designation New designation Position No.1
17 M.12.b. No.2 18 M.6.d. No.3 19 N.1.a. No.4 20 N.1.b. No.5 21
H.31.b. No.6 22 H.32.a.b. No.7 23 H.26.d. No.8 24 H.27.a. No.9 25
H.27.b. CROIX BLANCHE 26 CROIX BLANCHE CROIX MARECHAL 27 CROIX MARECHAL
ELBOW 28 ELBOW.H.28.d. LE CRON BALLOT 29 LE CRON BALLOT
Attack Practice FLEURBAIX February 1915
O.C.Coys. notify Adjt. time & place of Coy.practice.
Notify O.C.Bombs. Transport Officer for Transport of 21 coats. Plank
men & wire cutters, & men to block flank and comntg. trenches. Wire
cutters. A..... B..... C..... D.....
MESSAGES AND SIGNALS.
To: - 21 Infy. Bde. Sender's Number Day of Month B.2.d.
26th. Will you please inform me what time the Brigadier wishes the
attack practice to be carried out tomorrow. Bedford. 2.30 p.m. please.
7.25 pm. W.DRYSDALE, Capt. B.M.
From O.C. 2/Bedf.R. Time 6.40 P.M. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Capt. Adjt.2/Bedf.R. O.C.Companies.
For information.
The formation might be practised while in present
billets. Please pass O.C. D.Co. to return. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain. C.B. O.C.D.Coy.
S.D.M. O.C.B.Coy. O.C.C.Coy.
|
|
March 1915
SECRET. Not to be taken into the Trenches.
DRAFT. The Infantry attack will be carried out thus:
- On the right - The 21st Brigade Column. On the left - The 22nd
Brigade Column. Dividing line - General direction marked out by
the ditch (blue) between (318) and H of "British", (Map 1/5,000
GSGS No. 2769). The above Brigade Columns will be previously assembled
in the shelters immediately behind our front line parapet, and in
shelters behind these. The 20th Brigade will occupy such portions
of the 7th Division trenches, as are not required by the assaulting
columns. Remaining Battalions of the 20th Brigade will form the
Divisional Reserve, and will be assembled in previously prepared
shelters behind the RUE TILLESLOY, one battalion in square M.12.b
West of PICANTIN. The shelters behind the RUE TILLELOY will be connected
with the shelters behind the front line parapet by means of communicating
trenches. NOTE. (B) Battalion Yorkshire Regiment. (A) Battalion
Bedfordshire Regiment. (C) Battalion Royal Scots Fusiliers. Right
(21st Brigade) Column. 21st Inf. Bde. Co. R.E. Mortars. This Column
will attack with one battalion (B) against the objective (308),
on the general front (309) (318) (frontage about 200 yards). Its
task will be to occupy the enemy's trenches each side of (308).
Simultaneously, another battalion (a), will attack, left on (310)
(309), the points (311) to (315). This battalion (A), will also
send parties along the enemy's trenches as far as they can force
their way, in the direction of (270) (273) (280). A third battalion,
(C), will, wit has little delay as possible, attack and occupy (270)
(273) (280), if these points have not been already captured by parties
from (A) battalion; and they will occupy and hold these points if
they have been already captured. This attack will be made from the
direction of (312) and (314). the Indian Corps, attacking MIN DU
PIETRE from the cross roads in Square M.23.d. may be expected to
move a party in the direction of (270). The fourth battalion, (D),
forms the Brigade Reserve. The 20th Infantry Brigade will be prepared
to support this column with one battalion, if required. The battalion
of the 20th Infantry Brigade, occupying "E" lines, will assist the
advance of this column as well as the advance of the left of the
Indian Corps, by fire. The artillery support for this column is
as follows: - Up to 0-30 Artillery will bombard all the enemy's
trenches and points in front of the column. A right barrage of fire
will also be placed between points (311) (315), and between point
(278) to midway between (274) (275). At 0-30. The bombardment in
front of this column will cease on the forward trenches but will
continue on the line (314) (308). At 0-40. the bombardment will
lift to the points (280) (243) and places about RUE D'ENFER, and
the right barrage will move to the right to cover the points (275)
(277), (270) (246), or as far in that direction as the operations
of the Indian Corps will permit. The Brigadier-General in command
of this column has also 2 Mountain Guns and 3 Trench Mortars at
his disposal for closely supporting his attacks. One 4.5" Howitzer
battery will be specially detailed to assist this column, if required,
and an Officer of this battery will be present at the Headquarters
of the 21st Infantry Brigade until the column has accomplished the
tasks allotted it. At 0-50. the Artillery bombardment will move
in the direction of AUBERS, and the right barrage will cease. Left
(22nd Nrigade) Column. 22nd Inf.Bde. Co R.E. Trench Mortars. The
22nd Brigade Column will attack thus: - The right battalion, (E),
will attack on the front between the dividing line between the 2
Brigades and point (328) approximately, frontage to begin with about
200 yards and widening to the left as the objective is reached etc,
etc.
General Instructions.
1. The Infantry will commence issuing from their trenches
at 0-27. 2. The R.H.A. front barrage will search the ground South
of the line of attack. 3. All lines or positions captured, are to
be at once prepared for defence. Not necessarily throughout their
length, in the first instance, but at certain points, so as to ensure
their being capable of being held in case of necessity. Special
working parties must be previously detailed for this. These must
know their business and exactly what they have to so beforehand.
4. Infantry, after reaching their objective, must get out patrols,
or outposts, into covered places in all directions, so as to make
good their front and flanks. Bombing and sandbagging parties must
be sent some way up all trenches leading to direction of enemy.
Most careful arrangements must be made for the protection of flanks,
and guarding against enfilade fire. Touch must be established with
our own troops on right and left. Troops on outer flanks must take
special precautions to make such outer flanks good. 5. Infantry
must remember that success and safety both lie in pushing on to
their ultimate objective. Hesitation gives the enemy the chance
of recovering from the artillery bombardment, and time to get up
machine guns, man his fortified localities, and even organize counter-attacks.
A bold and well sustained advance on the other hand, confuses him
and upsets his plans. Everything is to be gained, therefore, by
pushing on to the ultimate objective; care being taken that special
parties make good every important line or point captured. There
is not much harm done, if the allotted task is exceeded, while failure
may result if it is not fully carried out. 6. It is very difficult
for orders to reach the front line, if fire is severe. The greatest
reliance is therefore placed on the bold and intelligent leading
of junior officers and of N.C.O's in the front line. If orders cannot
reach, and any one is in doubt what to do, he cannot go very wrong
if he does his utmost to close upon and defeat the enemy he finds
in front of him. 7. Brigadier-Generals Commanding Brigades and Officers
Commanding Battalions will remember that the value of artillery
ammunition is great, and they will therefore be careful not to make
unnecessary demands on the artillery. It must also be impressed
on all ranks that every round fired by the artillery, is fired with
the intention of getting the infantry on. If the infantry find,
therefore, that they cannot get on, and the artillery come to their
assistance by bombarding the enemy's position, the infantry must
endeavour to get as close as possible up to the enemy during the
bombardment. As soon as the artillery fire ceases, the infantry
must dash in and capture the enemy's position. 8. In order to assist
the co-operation between artillery and infantry, it will be arranged
that all bombardments not specifically provided for in a time schedule
previously issued will last for 10 minutes; the last 3 minutes of
which will be intensive. the Infantry will know that the artillery
is going to shoot for 10 minutes, and they will know, from the intensive
bombardment, that the end of the artillery preparation is approaching.
The close of the intensive bombardment is the signal for the infantry
to dash in; but to be able to do this, before the enemy has recovered
from the artillery bombardment, the infantry must have worked as
close as possible up to the objective during the bombardment, taking
care of course not to get within the area of our own fire.
Officer Commanding. Bedf. Regt.
Reference the enclosed Orders and Instructions, will
you please prepare detailed instructions for your Battalion and
submit them to Brigade Headquarters by 8 p.m. tomorrow night 28th
instant. Your orders should be so framed that every individual taking
part in the operations will know the exact task assigned to him.
E.R.WYATT. Captain. Brigade major 21st Infantry Brigade.
27th March 1915.
SECRET 21st BRIGADE OPERATION ORDERS No. Reference Map
FAUQUISSART 1/5,000 27.3.15.
INFORMATION. 1. An attack is to be made on the enemy's
position as follows: (a) An attack from the direction of the MOULIN
de PIETRE. (b) An attack from the front FAUQUISSART road to the
point of the salient at the E in LIN-E square 13.b. This attack
has for its objective the line of trenches 308-329 and thence to
include point 280 and the line points 301-344. When this line has
been gained a second attack by fresh troops will pass through against
AUBERS. The 20th Brigade is holding the line from FAUQUISSART westwards
and the 22nd Brigade (Queens Regt.) on the right will attack simultaneously
on our left. INTENTION 2. The 21st Brigade will attack from a front
FAUQUISSART road exclusive to a line of poplars along a dyke near
the H in BRITISH, frontage 355 yards. The object to be gained is
the line of German trench marked 308; TRIVELET FARM points 311,
312, 313 and 314; the trench westwards in front of the 20th Brigade
(as far as possible or until the Indian Brigade on our right is
met) and the Brickfields at point 280. ARTILLERY SUPPORT 3. The
Artillery support for the Brigade is as follows: - Up to 0-30 the
artillery will bombard all the enemy's trenches and points in front
of the Brigade. A right barrage of fire will also be placed between
points 311, 315 and point 278 to midway between 274, 275. At 0-30
the bombardment in front of the Brigade will cease on the forward
trenches but will continue on the line 314, 308. At 0-40 the bombardment
will lift to points 280, 243 and places about the RUE D'ENFER and
the right barrage will move to the right to cover points 275, 277,
270, 246 or as far in that direction as the operations of the Indian
Corps will permit. At 0-50 the bombardment will move in the direction
of AUBERS and the right barrage will cease. ORGANISATION 4. LEFT
COLUMN. Commander Lieut. Colonel Alexander. Troops. 2nd Bn. Yorkshire
Regt. 4 Machine Guns. 3 Sections Bombers. 2 Mortars, will attack
on a front of 240 yards. The left is on the dyke lined with large
willows near the H in BRITISH and will connect with the Queens (22nd
Brigade); the right will be marked with a board inside the parapet.
Objective trench 308 and trench each side. RIGHT COLUMN. Commander
Major Onslow [Cranley
Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO]. Troops 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire
Regt. 4 Machine Guns, 3 Sections Bombers. 1 Mortar, will attack
on a front from the right of Yorks to the FAUQUISSART road. Objective,
on the left passing through points 310, 309, trench 308; on right
points 311, 312, 313, 314 and thence work down the German trenches
towards points 270, 273, 278, 280. 3rd COLUMN. Commander Major
Pollard. Troops 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers, 4 Machine Guns,
3 Sections Bombers, will follow the right column when it has captured
the TRIVELET Wood and from the direction of points 312, 314 attack
and occupy points 270, 273, 280 if not already captured by parties
of the right column; and will occupy and hold these points if already
captured. NOTE. Parties from the Indian Corps attacking from the
direction of MOULIN du PIETRE may be expected to move in the direction
of 270. RESERVE. 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment. 4 Machine Guns, 3 Sections
Bombers, 2nd Highland Coy. R.E. will move up into the main line
of trenches when vacated by the Royal Scots Fusiliers. TIME. 5.
The date and time of attack will be communicated later. The attack
will commence at 0-27 i.e. 3 minutes before the bombardment is timed
to cease. AMMUNITION. 6. All Ammunition Carts and animals will be
brigaded under the Command of Lieut CHAUNCY 2nd Bn. Yorks.
Regt. and be parked in the field just N. of the present H.Q. of
the 20th Brigade. TRANSPORT. 7. All Transport will remain in its
present positions. transport Officers will report to Lieut CHAUNCY
at the above mentioned place. MEDICAL. 8. The position of the forward
dressing station and any Special Medical arrangements will be communicated
later. REPORTS. 9. Brigade Headquarters will be established in the
cellar of the house in the bend of the road Square 18.c. A forward
observation post will be established in a dug out close to the parapet
of the British breastwork about 50 yards on the E of the FAUQUISSART
road. E.R.WYATT. Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
SECRET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS.
CAPTURED POSITIONS. 1. All lines or positions captured
are to be at once prepared for defence. Not necessarily throughout
their length in the first instance, but at certain points so as
to ensure their being capable of being held in case of necessity.
Special working parties must be previously detailed for this. These
must know their business and exactly what they have to do beforehand.
PATROLS, ETC. 2. After reaching their objective, Battalions must
get out patrols or outposts into places in all directions so as
to make good their front and flanks. Bombing and sandbagging parties
must be sent some way up all trenches leading in the direction of
the enemy. Most careful arrangements must be made for the protection
of the flanks and guarding against enfilade fire. Touch must be
established with our own troops on the right and left. Troops on
the outer flank must take special precautions to make such outer
flanks good. VIGOROUS OFFENSIVE. 3. Infantry must remember that
success and safety both lie in pushing on to their ultimate objective.
Hesitation gives the enemy the chance of recovering from the Artillery
bombardment, time to get up Machine Guns, man his fortified localities
and even organise counter attacks. A bold and well sustained advance,
on the other hand, confuses him and upsets his plans. Everything
is to be gained, therefore, by pushing on to the ultimate objective,
care being taken that special parties make good every important
line or position captured. There is not much harm done if the allotted
task is esceeded while failure may result if it is not fully carried
out. ORDERS. 4.It is very difficult for orders to reach the front
line if fire is severe. The greatest reliance is, therefore, placed
on the bold and intelligent leading of junior Officers and N.C.O's
in the front line. If orders cannot reach and any one is in doubt
what to do, he cannot go far wrong if he does his utmost to close
upon and defeat the enemy he finds in front of him. ARTILLERY SUPPORT.
5. It must also be impressed on all ranks that every round fired
by the artillery, is fired with the intention of getting the infantry
on. If the infantry find, therefore, that they cannot get on, and
the artillery come to their assistance by bombarding the enemy's
position, the infantry must endeavour to get as close as possible
up to the enemy during the bombardment. As soon as the artillery
fire ceases, the infantry must dash in and capture the enemy's position.
In order to assist the cooperation between Artillery and Infantry
it will be arranged that all bombardments not specifically provided
for in a time schedule previously issued, will last for 10 minutes;
the last 3 minutes of which will be intensive. the Infantry will
know that the artillery is going to shoot for 10 minutes, and they
will know, from the intensive bombardment, that the end of the artillery
preparation is approaching. The close of the intensive bombardment
is the signal for the infantry to dash in; but to be able to do
this, before the enemy has recovered from the artillery bombardment,
the infantry must have worked as close as possible up to the objective
during the bombardment, taking care of course not to get within
the area of our own fire. DRESS. 6. No packs or greatcoats will
be carried. These will all be stored under special arrangements,
which will be notified later, and sent up, as circumstances permit.
Every man will carry: - 220 rounds S.A.A., the unexpended portion
of the days ration and the Iron Ration. SHOVELS ENTRENCHING TOOLS,
SANDBAGS WIRE CUTTERS. 7. (a) Every 3rd man will carry a shovel.
these men will not carry either entrenching tools or sand bags.
(b) Every man not carrying a shovel will carry his entrenching tool
and 3 sandbags. (c) All wire cutters will be distributed among the
front companies of the attack with the exception of 2 per platoon.
All men are to be warned that sandbags and shovels are on no account
to be thrown away or abandoned. RESERVES OF AMMUNITION ETC. 8. (a)
AMMUNITION AND BOMBS. A forward reserve store has been established
in the fort about 100 yards behind the British line just W of the
FAUQUISSART road. Whenever ammunition or bombs are required by Battalions
a demand will be made for a definite number of boxes of ammunition
or bags of bombs. (b) WATER. A reserve supply of water has been
stored in tins, buckets, etc, behind the wall of the outhouse at
the main Brigade Headquarters. Whenever men are sent to the rear
for any purpose, the opportunity should be seized of sending back
all the empty water bottles they can carry. These will be filled
and returned whenever opportunity occurs. Bottles can be placed
in sandbags for easy handling. (c) RATIONS. A reserve has been formed
in a farm at the cross roads Square M.17. GUIDES. 9. Whenever a
message is sent for ammunition, rations, packs etc., to be sent
up to a unit in the front line, 2 guides should be sent who know
the exact position of the unit and the best way there to lead the
carrying party. Whenever a unit is relieved by another, 8 guides
(2 per Company) under an officer must be sent to show the position
of each company. ORDERLIES. 10. before the commencement of operations
each unit will detail 3 intelligent orderlies to remain at Brigade
Headquarters. Whenever a commander moves his unit headquarters he
will detail another 3 men to go back to Brigade Headquarters from
the new position. This will ensure men being at Brigade Headquarters
who know where each unit Headquarters is at all times. FATIGUES.
11. Each until [sic] will detail a party of 10 men, selected from
those least fit for duty, to remain at the farm South of the Cross
roads M.17. These men will be available to assist in carrying water,
rations and filling the water bottles brought back from the front
line. CLEARING THE BATTLEFIELD. 12. Officers Commanding Units are
reminded that arrangements should be made, whenever possible. to
collect the equipment of our own casualties and all captured arms,
etc into heaps in any convenient position from whence they can be
conveyed when opportunity occurs. The positions of these heaps should
be indicated to Brigade Headquarters. POSITION OF ASSEMBLY. 13.
Prior to the commencement of the attack, Battalions will be drawn
up behind the trenches as shown on the attached diagram [not attached].
E.R.WYATT Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
Officer Commanding Bedfords
The Bedfordshire Regiment will relieve the Wiltshire
Regt. and Royal Scots Fus. in the trenches tomorrow night. The relief
will take place at 7 p.m. Officers Commanding Units will arrange
the necessary details as regards guides etc, amongst themselves.
Company Officers of the Bedfordshire Regiment will go down to the
trenches tomorrow morning to make themselves acquainted with the
parts they have to take over. Quartermasters will meet the Staff
Captain after the "Q" meeting tomorrow morning and will be shown
the billets their units will take over. For the night of 29th the
localities F.3 and F.4 will each be garrisoned by 1 N.C.O. and 12
men of the Wiltshire Regt. These will be relieved by similar numbers
of the R.S. Fus. at 7 p.m. on the 30th. E.R.WYATT Captain
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 28th March 1915.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
Your guards on ammunition and ration stores in M.17.d.
and the patrols along RUE TILLELOY will be relieved by similar guards
from the Wiltshire Regt. tonight at 7 p.m. E.R. WYATT Captain
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 29th March 1915.
OPERATION ORDER NO. by MAJOR
C. C. Onslow [Cranley Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO]. COMMANDING
2nd Bn. BEDFORDSHIRE REGT. 29th March 1915. Reference Map FAUQUISSART
1/5,000.
INFORMATION. 1. An attack is to be made on the enemy's
position as follows: - (a) An attack from the direction of the MOULIN
de PIETRE from S.W. of CHAPIGNY. (b) An attack from the front FAUQUISSART
road to the point of the salient at the E in LIN-E square 13.b.
This attack has for its objective the line of trenches 308-329 and
thence to include point 280 and the line points 301-344. When this
line has been gained a second attack by fresh troops will pass through
against AUBERS. The 20th Brigade is holding the line from FAUQUISSART
westwards. The 22nd Infantry Brigade will attack simultaneously
on the left of the 21st Infantry Brigade.. INTENTION 2. The 21st
Brigade will attack from a front FAUQUISSART road exclusive to a
line of poplars along a dyke near the H in BRITISH, frontage 355
yards. The object to be gained is the line of German trench marked
308; TRIVELET FARM points 311, 312, 313 and 314; the trench westwards
in front of the 20th Brigade (as far as possible or until the Indian
Brigade on our right is met) and the Brickfields at point 280. ARTILLERY
SUPPORT 3. The Artillery support for the Brigade is as follows:
- Up to 0-30 the artillery will bombard all the enemy's trenches
and points in front of the Brigade. A right barrage of fire will
also be placed between points 311, 315 and point 278 to midway between
274, 275. At 0-30 the bombardment in front of the Brigade will cease
on the forward trenches but will continue on the line 314, 308.
At 0-40 the bombardment will lift to points 280, 243 and places
about the RUE D'ENFER. ORGANISATION 4. The Brigade will attack in
two columns, a third column to support the right column and a Reserve.
the left column will be composed of the 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment;
the right column will be composed as follows: - Commander Major
Onslow [Cranley Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO].
Troops 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. 4 Machine Guns, 4 Sections Bombers.
1 Mortar. It will attack on a front from the right of Yorks to the
FAUQUISSART road about 115 yards. Objective, on the left passing
through points 310, 309, trench 308. On right points 311, 312, 313,
314 and thence work down the German trenches towards points 270,
273, 278, 280. TIME. 5. The date and time of attack will be communicated
later. the attack will commence at 0-27 i.e. 3 minutes before the
bombardment is timed to cease. TASKS AND ORGANIZATION. 6. ORGANIZATION.
"C" Company, and one section Grenade Throwers. Task; advancing with
left on ditch from British trench to 310, through 309 to trench
308, which it will make good, assisting in the attack on 314. ORGANIZATION.
"D" Company, one section Grenade Throwers and No. 1 and 2 machine
Guns. Task. Points 311, 312, 313 all of which will be placed in
state of defence. Officer Commanding Company will tell off definite
parties for each part of the task. 1 Platoon will also be detailed:
- 2 Sections one for 270 and one for 274. 1 Section for new communication
trench midway between 313 and 275. 1 Section in support if these
are required. Each section will have some Grenade Throwers. ORGANIZATION.
"B" Company, 2 Sections Grenade Throwers and No. 3 and 4 Machine
Guns. Task. to take 314 and 315. One Platoon to be detailed: - 1
Section to 276. 1 Section up new trench to 277 and then to 273.
1 Section up new trench to 277. 1 Section in Reserve or through
315 to 278 if there is a trench there. Alternative Task. To help
"C" Company if necessary. ORGANIZATION. "A" Company. Reserve. Company
in trench 309 ready to move in any direction Company in trench 310
ready to move in any direction It will be organized and detailed
in exactly the same way as "B" Company so that if "B" Company has
to assist "C" Company to fulfil its task it can take on "B" Company's
task without confusion. Instructions for Mortar later. AMMUNITION.
7. All Ammunition Carts and animals will be brigaded under the Command
of Lieut CHAUNCY 2nd Bn. Yorks. Regt. and be parked in the
field just N. of the present H.Q. of the 20th Brigade. TRANSPORT.
8. All Transport will remain in its present positions. transport
Officers will report to Lieut CHAUNCY at the above mentioned
place. MEDICAL. 9. The position of the forward dressing station
and any Special Medical arrangements will be communicated later.
REPORTS. 10. The Commanding Officer will be with "A" Company in
trench 310 there about 312.
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS. 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment.
CAPTURED POSITIONS. 1. All lines or positions captured
are to be at once prepared for defence. Not necessarily throughout
their length in the first instance, but at certain points so as
to ensure their being capable of being held in case of necessity.
Special working parties must be previously detailed for this. These
must know their business and exactly what they have to do beforehand.
PATROLS, ETC. 2. After reaching their objective, Battalions must
get out patrols or outposts into places in all directions so as
to make good their front and flanks. Bombing and sandbagging parties
must be sent some way up all trenches leading in the direction of
the enemy. Most careful arrangements must be made for the protection
of the flanks and guarding against enfilade fire. Touch must be
established with our own troops on the right and left. Troops on
the outer flank must take special precautions to make such outer
flanks good. VIGOROUS OFFENSIVE. 3. Infantry must remember that
success and safety both lie in pushing on to their ultimate objective.
Hesitation gives the enemy the chance of recovering from the Artillery
bombardment, time to get up Machine Guns, man his fortified localities
and even organise counter attacks. A bold and well sustained advance,
on the other hand, confuses him and upsets his plans. Everything
is to be gained, therefore, by pushing on to the ultimate objective,
care being taken that special parties make good every important
line or position captured. There is not much harm done if the allotted
task is esceeded while failure may result if it is not fully carried
out. ORDERS. 4.It is very difficult for orders to reach the front
line if fire is severe. The greatest reliance is, therefore, placed
on the bold and intelligent leading of junior Officers and N.C.O's
in the front line. If orders cannot reach and any one is in doubt
what to do, he cannot go far wrong if he does his utmost to close
upon and defeat the enemy he finds in front of him. ARTILLERY SUPPORT.
5. It must also be impressed on all ranks that every round fired
by the artillery, is fired with the intention of getting the infantry
on. If we find, therefore, that we cannot get on, and the artillery
come to our assistance by bombarding the enemy's position, we must
endeavour to get as close as possible up to the enemy during the
bombardment. As soon as the artillery fire ceases, the infantry
must dash in and capture the enemy's position. In order to assist
the cooperation between Artillery and Infantry it will be arranged
that all bombardments not specifically provided for in a time schedule
previously issued, will last for 10 minutes; the last 3 minutes
of which will be intensive. the Infantry will know that the artillery
is going to shoot for 10 minutes, and they will know, from the intensive
bombardment, that the end of the artillery preparation is approaching.
The close of the intensive bombardment is the signal for us to dash
in; and to be able to do this, we must have worked as close as possible
up to the objective during the bombardment, taking care of course
not to get within the area of our own fire. DRESS. 6. No packs or
greatcoats will be carried. These will all be stored under special
arrangements, which will be notified later, and sent up, as circumstances
permit. Every man will carry: - 220 rounds S.A.A., the unexpended
portion of the days ration and the Iron Ration. SHOVELS ENTRENCHING
TOOLS, SANDBAGS, WIRE CUTTERS. 7. (a) Every 3rd man will carry a
shovel. These men will not carry sandbags or entrenching tool. (b)
Every man not carrying a shovel will carry his entrenching tool
and 3 sandbags. (c) All wire cutters will be distributed among "C"
and "D" Companies except 2 per platoon to "A" and "B" Companies.
All men are to be warned that sandbags and shovels are on no account
to be thrown away or abandoned. RESERVES OF AMMUNITION ETC. 8. (a)
AMMUNITION AND BOMBS. A forward reserve store has been established
in the fort about 100 yards behind the British line just W of the
FAUQUISSART-TRIVELET Road. If ammunition or bombs are required,
a demand for a definite number of boxes of ammunition or bags of
bombs, must be made. (b) WATER. A reserve supply of water has been
stored in tins, buckets, etc, behind the wall of the outhouse at
the main Brigade Headquarters. Whenever men are sent to the rear
for any purpose, the opportunity should be seized of sending back
all the empty waterbottles they can carry. These will be filled
and returned whenever opportunity occurs. Bottles can be placed
in sandbags for easy handling. (c) RATIONS. A reserve has been formed
in a farm at the cross roads Square M.17. GUIDES. 9. When a message
is sent for ammunition, rations, packs etc., to be sent up to a
unit in the front line, 2 guides should be sent who know the exact
position of the unit and the best way there to lead the carrying
party. FATIGUES. 10. 10 men, selected from those least fit for duty,
to remain at the farm South of the Cross roads M.17. These men will
be available to assist in carrying water, rations and filling the
water bottles brought back from the front line. CLEARING THE BATTLEFIELD.
11. Officers Commanding Companies are reminded that ammunition should
be collected from our casualties. Rifle and Equipment of our own
casualties and all captured arms should be collected into heaps.
The position of these heaps should be notified to Battalion Headquarters.
POSITION OF ASSEMBLY. 12. Prior to the commencement of the attack,
Battalion will be formed up as practised on night of 28th March
1915. METHOD OF ADVANCE. 13. At 0-27 (i.e. 3 minutes before the
bombardment is timed to cease) the "C" and "D" Companies will advance
as follows Company of "C" Company extended 1 Platoon "D" Company
extended distance 25 yards. 1 platoon "D" Company extended distance
25 yards. Company "C" Company extended distance 50 yards. Thus:
- Company "C". 25 yds. 1 platoon "D" Coy. 50 yds. Company "C" 25
yds. 1 platoon "D" Coy. 25 yds. 1 platoon "D" Coy. ORDERS CORRESPONDENCE.
14. All operation orders to be destroyed and correspondence to be
destroyed or left behind. 15. Prisoners captured to be disarmed
and sent to the rear with smallest possible escort; which will be
detailed. Men to be reminded that if they fall into enemy's hands
they must only give Regimental Number and Their Name. On no account
are they to give enemy any information about troops, casualties,
guns or proposed operations. 16. All sections detailed for clearing
trenches should be clearly detailed and every man will have his
mission clearly explained by Officer Commanding Company, so that
no confusion arises in case the commander becomes a casualty. These
sections will carry flags to mark their position.
SECRET. Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
Officers Commanding Units and Company Commanders of
the leading companies in the coming operations will carefully reconnoitre
the methods of clearing our own parapets and our own trenches in
front of it and will report by the evening of 1st proximo that they
are adequate and will not be a source of delay to the advance. They
will state if anything more is required. E.R. WYATT Captain,
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Bde. 31st March 1915.
Circular memorandum No. 15. T.C.131. Secret.
1. It is most important for our General Plans, and
for the Security of our Artillery Observing Stations and forward
batteries, that the ground behind our lines at RUE TILLELOY, as
far back as the RUE BACQUEROT should resume the quiet atmosphere
which prevailed there before the action at NEUVE CHAPELLE. 2. To
stop Promiscuous and unnecessary traffic, the following regulations
have been made. (a) No motors or Horses, or Horse drawn vehicles
are to proceed by daylight beyond (i.e. in the direction of the
enemy) the line of control posts established at or near the RUE
DU BACQUEROT. (b) Transport wagons, and wagons containing Material,
are not to proceed South of the Railway between the hours of 6 A.M.
- 6 P.M. (c) Working parties, or bodies of troops sent to the Trenches
are to go both in and out under cover of night. (e) parties of Officers
visiting the Trenches must have passes, emanating from Divisional
or Brigade H.Q. Brigadier General Comd'g R.A., 7 Division, officers
Comd'g Brigades of Artillery, or the C.R.E. Similarly, parties of
men who have, of necessity to move between RUE DE BACQUEROT and
the Trench line by day, must have Passes from one of the above Authorities
also. In the case of Officers or others who have to go continually
into the above mentioned area, the Pass can be a [blank] (f) parties,
whether of Officers or otherwise, proceeding South of the RUE DU
BACQUEROT must keep as much as possible under cover from view, and
must avoid using the road leading towards the RUE TILLELOY, South
of the Stream running from M.18.c. to N.7.b.; or the roads leading
from the RUE TILLELOY into the trenches. 3. Naturally, these regulations
are not intended to apply to Actual tactical emergency. 4. The Divisional
general desires that Officers of all Arms will assist him in securing
a greater atmosphere of quiet in the portion of our area designated
above: and is sure that all Officers will see the importance of
obtaining this object, and will help to produce it. (Sd.) F.
GATHORNE HARDY Lt.Col. General Staff 7 Division. Div.H.Q. 31.3.15.
|
|
April 1915
Officer Commanding. 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
The Brigadier wishes experiments carried out on these
lines and the men practised in the use of wire netting for this
purpose. He wishes a report, with any remarks you may have to offer,
as soon as possible. Wire netting for practise will be issued to
Units tomorrow. Practise may be carried out on any of the entanglements
in front of defended localities or trenches in the neighbourhood.
Damage if any, should be repaired at once if possible or reported
to Brigade Headquarters for repair by the R.E. Copies of any instructions
which may be issued to the troops regarding this method of crossing
wire entanglements are not to be taken into the trenches. (Sgd.)
E.R.Wyatt Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 7th
April 1915. Not to be taken into the trenches
USE OF RABBIT WIRE IN CROSSING WIRE ENTANGLEMENTS SYSTEM
The system of crossing wire entanglements by means
of rabbit wire is as follows:- Rolls of wire netting are thrown
across the obstacle and form a species of bridge over which the
men following can cross. Experiments go to show that it is quite
easy for men to cross in this way. The wire netting forms a convenient
bridge over the space between the strands, on which the men can
place their feet. To obtain the best result it is advisable that
the wire should not be cut at all. It does not matter whether the
wire is taut or slack. SIZE OF ROLLS. The length of netting will
vary according to the width of the obstacle to be crossed, and is
limited by the amount one man can conveniently carry. 30' has been
found by experiment to be the maximum an average man can carry and
throw into position. This length would enable a depth of 8 yards
to 9 yards to be bridged. Each length or roll has a wooden post
or stay at each end to which the wire is fastened. The wire is then
rolled tight thus placing one stay in the centre and one at the
outside. The most suitable netting is the standard size of 2'6"
or 3' wide, with a 1" mesh and made of No.16 or 18 wire. METHOD
OF USE. On reaching the obstacle, the man carrying the roll holds
it with both hands - with one hand he holds the outer stay and with
the other, with a motion somewhat similar to "putting the shot"
or "bowling" leaves [heaves?] the toll over the obstacle. By holding
the outer stay the roll is thus caused to unwind as it flies through
the air. The actual throwing requires a certain amount of practice
in order to ensure its unfolding completely and reaching the other
side. The wire must be thrown between the posts. Once it has fallen
on to the entanglement it will not be possible in the heat of action
to alter its position owing to the barbs on the entanglement. men
must, therefore, be well practised in order that they can ensure
throwing it accurately at the first attempt. TYPES OF ENTENGLEMENT
TO BE CROSSED. This method of crossing wire has been found most
successful with the apron fence double and single, and with the
chevaux de frise (the most common form used by the Germans) double
and single. With the aeroplane type of wire entanglement it has
not proved successful owing to the projecting posts causing the
wire to hang perpendicularly and their failing to provide a slope
up which the troops can run. From what I saw to-day with the Canadian
Division, I consider this form of crossing wire entanglement, with
the exception mentioned above, a most satisfactory method. Its chief
use appears to me to be crossing of secondary lines of entanglements
behind the first line of trenches which may be encountered by the
further advance, and against which an accurate artillery fire cannot
be brought to bear. It would also be most useful in crossing the
first line, should the artillery fail to cut this.
Officer Commanding Bedf. Regt.
The C in C has postponed his inspection until 4 p.m.
on Monday. Fresh orders as regards time and place will be issued
shortly. (Sgd.) E.R.Wyatt. Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Brigade. 9th April 1915.
Officer Commanding. Bedf.R.
The Brigade will parade on the open space near the
A in LA GORGUE square L.33 on Saturday the 19th instant at 2-30
p.m. for inspection by the C in C. The brigade will be formed up
as follows: To MERVILLE. Bedfords. R.S.Fus. Yorkshire Wiltshires
Grenade Signal Section Section DRESS. Full Marching Order. FORMATION.
Battalions will form up in close column of Companies, by the centre,
with 6 yards distance between Companies. Officers will take post
in review order. MACHINE GUNS. No machine guns will be taken on
parade. All machine gunners will parade in the ranks of their respective
Battalions. ADJUTANTS AND MARKERS. Adjutants and 2 Markers per unit
will meet the Brigade Major on the ground at 1-15 p.m. FRONTAGE.
Units will send in to Brigade Headquarters by 10 a.m. tomorrow the
approximate frontage the unit will require. Units will pass the
Bridge over the LAWE [?] in LA GORGUE at the following times: -
Signal Section 1-10 p.m. Grenade Section 1-15 p.m. Wiltshire Regt.
1-20 p.m. Yorkshire Regt. 1-25 p.m. R.Scots Fus. 1-35 p.m. Bedfordshire
Regt. 1-40 p.m. (Sgd.) E.R. Wyatt. Captain, Brigade Major
21st Infnatry Bde. 8th March 1915.
Officer Commanding. Bedf.R.
My No.365/G of 8/4/1915 reference orders for parade
on Saturday for inspection by C in C. The diagram showing the formation
of the Brigade should be reversed and should be: R.Scots Fus. Bedfords
Wiltshires Yorkshires Signal Grenade Section Section (Sgd.) E.R.Wyatt
Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade 9/4/1915.
Officer Commanding. Bedf.Regt.
Reference orders regarding Saturday's inspection by
C in C, as the time of the inspection has been advanced, the times
given for each Battalion to cross the LA GORGUE bridge will be 15
minutes earlier, i.e. Signal Section 12-55 p.m. Grenade Section
1 p.m. Wiltshire Regt. 1-5 p.m. Yorkshire Regt. 1-10 p.m. R. Scots
Fus. 1-20 p.m. Bedfordshire Regt. 1-25 p.m. 2. All officers will
wear Web Equipment and parade dismounted. (Sgd.) E.R. Wyatt.
Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 9th April 1915.
Officer Commanding Bedf.R.
The Brigade will parade on the open space S. of the
road in Square G.26.b., facing the road, for inspection by the C
in C at 4 p.m. on Monday 12th instant. Yorks Bedfords Wilts R.S.F.
Grenade Camerons Coy -Signal -Section - FORMATION. Battalions will
form up in close column of Companies, by the centre, with 6 yards
distance between Companies and 20 yards between Battalions OFFICERS.
Officers will take post in review order 5 paces in front of the
leading Company of their Battalion, the Commanding Officer 5 paces
in front of the line of Officers. They will salute when the Brigade
is ordered to present arms. DRESS Full Marching Order. All Officers
will parade dismounted and wear Web Equipment. MACHINE GUNS. No
machine guns will be taken on parade. All machine gunners will parade
in the ranks of their respective Battalions. ADJUTANTS AND MARKERS.
Adjutants and 2 Markers per unit will meet the Brigade Major on
the ground at 2-15 p.m. TIME. Units will move to the parade ground
by the PONT de la MEUSE and through ESTAIRES and will pass the PONT
de la MEUSE at the following times: - Signal Section 2 p.m. Grenade
Company 2-5 p.m. Camerons will follow the Grenade Company. R.Scots
Fus. 2-15 p.m. Wiltshire Regt. 2-25 p.m. Yorkshire Regt. 2-35 p.m.
Bedfordshire Regt. 2-45 p.m. 10th April 1915. (Sgd.) E.R. Wyatt.
Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infnatry Bde. 8th March 1915.
Parade. Inspection by C in C.
The Battalion will parade, as part of the Brigade,
on the open space S. of the road in Square G.26.b, Sheet 36, facing
the road, for inspection by the C in C at 4 p.m. tomorrow Monday
12 instant. Formation The Battalion will form up in close column
of companies by the left at 6 yards distance between companies.
Officers; Officers will take part in review order 5 paces in front
of the leading company. The C.O. will be 5 paces in front of line
of officers. they will salute when the Brigade is ordered to present
arms & remain at the salute till the Brigade is ordered to slope
arms. Dress Full Marching Order. All officers will parade dismounted
& wear Web equipment. Machine Guns. No machine guns will be taken
on parade. All Machine gunners will parade in the ranks of their
Companies. Stretcher Bearers Signallers Will parade in supernumerary
rank of their companies. Assembly. The Battalion will march to the
ground in the order A, B, C D Companies. Head of A Company will
pass PONT DE LA MEUSE at 2.45 p.m. But will not debouch into the
Main road until the Yorkshire Regt has passed the Cross roads. Square
L.39.b. Sheet 36.A. (Sgd.) C.C.
Foss [Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO]. Captain.
Adjutant. 2 Bedf.R.
Officer Commanding R.S.Fus.
With reference to orders for the parade tomorrow
for the C in C's inspection. It is now expected that the C in C
will arrive on the ground at 3-30 p.m. In consequence all the times
for units to cross the PONT de la MEUSE will be half an hour earlier
i.e. Signal Section 1-30 p.m. instead of 2 p.m. etc etc etc Bedfordshire
Regt. 2-15 p.m. instead of 2-45 p.m. 11th April 1915. (Sgd.) E.R.
Wyatt. captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
Officer Commanding Bedf. Regt.
Reference parade this afternoon 1. Officers will not
wear packs; and will not carry sticks or wear gloves. 2. Men will
not carry bandoliers of extra ammunition. 3. Stretchers will be
taken on parade. 12th April 1915 (Sgd.) E.R.Wyatt. Captain,
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
Operation Order No.6 21st BRIGADE ORDER No.31. 13th
April 1915.
1. The Brigade will relieve the 22nd Brigade in the
Trenches (E and F lines) on Wednesday the 14th instant at 7.45 p.m.
2. The relief will be carried out as follows: - 4th Camerons will
take over E lines to a point 100 yards E of FAUQUISSART road (marked
by a small dyke) and will relieve the Royal Warwicks. Royal Scots
Fusiliers thence to the point of the Salient exclusive. They will
occupy the two redoubts on the line and Forts F.2 and F.3. They
will relieve the South Staffords. Wiltshire Regiment. from the Salient
inclusive to connect with the 8th Division and also occupy Fort
F.S. (near Battalion* H.Q.). They will relieve the Royal Welch Fusiliers.
Bedfordshire Regiment will be billeted about Fort D'ESQUIN. orkshire
Regiment will be billeted about Road junction M.6.d. Grenade Company
will be billeted in LAVENTIE. Orders as to time of taking over billets
will be issued separately. 3. The following is the distribution
of Machine [Guns] Right Section. 5 guns i.e. 2 of 4th Camerons and
3 of Bedfordshire Regiment. Centre Section. 7 guns i.e. 4 of R.S.Fus.
and 3 of Yorkshire Regt. Left Section. 5 guns i.e. 4 of Wiltshire
Regiment and 1 of Yorkshire Regt. Special guides are detailed to
show where three guns should be placed see para 4. 21 Emplacements
for M.G. have been made. Officers Commanding Sections will be responsible
that these are not made use of for any other purpose. 4. Guides
will meet Battalions at 7-30 p.m. as follows: - 4th Camerons. 21
guides i.e. 1 per platoon and 5 for machine guns at Cross Roads
M.17. R.S.Fusiliers. 13 guides i.e. 6 for the Battalion and 7 for
machine guns at cross roads M.12.c. Wiltshire Regt. 21 guides i.e.
1 per platoon and 5 for machine guns at Road junction M.6.d. 5.
Wiltshire Regiment Starting Point Brigade Headquarters 6-10 p.m.
Route Ple CROIX - dotted road in Sq.G.32 a & b. - LAVENTIE M.5.a.
Royal Scots Fusiliers Starting Point 6.15 p.m. Route Follow Wilts
to LAVENTIE & thence via Fort D'ESQUIN 4th Camerons Starting Point
Battalion Headquarters 6.15 p.m. Route Pt BAIS-LE DRUMEZ LA FLINQUE.
Yorkshire Regiment Starting Point 6.25 p.m. Route To follow Wilts.
Bedfordshire Regiment. To move independently. 6. Officers Commanding
Units and Company Commanders will go down to the trenches before
taking over to make themselves acquainted with the ground and any
changes that have occurred since the Brigade was last in them. 7.
All stores left in the trenches by the 22nd Brigade will be taken
over by Officers Commanding Sections. A guard of 1 N.C.O. and 3
men Bedfordshire Regiment will relieve a similar guard on the stores
in the farm close to the cross roads M.17 at 6 p.m. 8. An Officer
per Company and 1 N.C.O. per platoon will be left by the 22nd Brigade
for 24 hours after the relief to show the detail of arrangements
in the trenches to the 4th Camerons. 9. Brigade Headquarters will
move to LAVENTIE on the morning of Thursday 15th instant. Reports
up to 7 a.m. on 15th instant will be sent to 22nd Brigade Headquarters.
(Sgd.) E.R. WYATT Captain Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade
By Major C.C.Onslow
[Cranley Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO] Ref.Map 1/40000 Sheet
36. Comdg 2 Bedf.R. 14 April 1915.
1. Move. The Battalion (less 3 M.Guns) will move
into billets about Fort D'ESQUIN to-day. and will be in Brigade
Reserve to remainder of Brigade holding the trenches in E & F lines.
2. Route. The Battalion will march in order A.B.& C.D. Coys Stretcher
Bearers 1 M.Gun via Ple CROIX through LAVENTIE to billets. S,P.
Head of A Co. will pass Level Crossing S. of P in Ple CROIX at 4.45
p.m. to-day. 3. Transport Transport personnel and material will
remain in present billets. Special instructions have been issued
already with regard to transport for move. 4. Machine Guns. Special
orders have been issued to M.G.O. 5. Guard. O.C. B.Co. will detail
a guard of 1 N.C.O. & 8 men to relieve a similar guard on stores
in the farm close to cross roads M 17 at 6 p.m. This is in addition
to usual billets guards. 6. Billeting parties. Will meet Quarter
Master at F in Fort d'ESQUIN at 4 p.m. to-day. (Sgd.) C.C.Foss.
Capt Adjt. 2 Bedf.R.
Orders for M.G. Section 2 Bedf.R.
1. The 21 Inf.Bde. is relieving 22 Bde in the trenches
tonight. at 7.45 p.m. 2. Line The right section of the line will
be held by 4 Camerons & 5 M.Guns (2 4 Camerons & 3 2 Bedf.R.) Right
Section includes E Lines to a point 100x East of FAUQUISSART Road
(Marked by small dyke). 3. Guides 3 guides will be at Cross Roads
M 17 at 7.30 p.m. tonight for your 3 M.Guns. 4. remaining gun &
team will billet with Battn near FT d'ESQUIN. A representative for
guides will meet Quarter Master at 4 p.m. today a [sic] Road junction
near F in Ft d'ESQUIN to take over billets. 5. You will be under
orders of O.C. 4 Camerons while they are in the trenches. You will
arrange with him where he wishes you to place your guns. 6. You
will remain in trenches with 4 Camerons & make your own arrangements
with our Quarter Master with regard to rations etc of your men.
(Sgd.) C.C.Foss [Charles
Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant. 2 Bedf.R. By orderly
10.25 a.m. 14/4/15.
Operation Order No.7. by Major
C.C.Onslow [Cranley Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO] Comdg
2 Bedf.R. 18 April 1915. Ref Map Sheet 36
Operation 1. the Battalion will relieve their portion
of the E & F line of Trenches at present held by 4 Camerons [sic]
Highlanders & A & B Coys 2 R.S.Fus at 8 p.m. tonight. b. Companies
will hold the line from Right to left A - B - C. D Cos. c. D Co
will relieve A & B Cos 2 R.S. Fus. C, B, & A Cos will relieve 4
Cameron Highlanders. Move 2. Companies will pass the cross roads
at LA FLINQUE as under. A Co. 7.20 p.m. B Co. 7.30 p.m. C Co 7.40
p.m. D Co. 7.50 p.m. Stores 3. All VERY Pistols, Periscopes, Rifle
rests & other Trench Stores will be taken over & receipts given.
A duplicate should be kept for reference. Machine guns. 4. Machine
guns are at present in the trenches & will remain there. The Machine
gun emplacements are not to be interfered with. b/ The Machine gun
& team will proceed to dugouts rear Battn. H.Q. Reports 5. O.C.
Coys will report to the Co. by phone or orderly when relief is completed
& touch has been obtained on both flanks. (Sgd.) C.C.
Foss [Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO]. Captain.
Adjutant. 2 Bedf.R.
O.C. C.Co.
There are some boxes of ammunition in a small fort
near FAUQUISSART Church. You will send patrols out each night to
ascertain that a/ The ammunition has not been tampered with. b/
Fort is intact & in a sanitary condition. To nights [sic] patrols
should report how many boxes there are. (Sgd.) C.C.
Foss [Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain. Adjutant.
2 Bedf.R. 2.50 p.m. 18/4/15.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.51 18th April
1915.
OPERATION. 1. The Battalions in the Trenches will
be relieved at 8 p.m. tonight as follows: - (a) The Bedfordshire
Regiment will relieve the Cameron Highlanders and "A" and "B" Companies
Royal Scots Fus. (b) The Yorkshire Regiment will relieve the Wiltshire
Regt. and "C" and "D" Companies Royal Scots Fusiliers. Officers
Commanding relieving Battalions will arrange for their Company Commanders
to acquaint themselves with the frontage of their Companies, during
daylight. The Royal Scots Fusiliers will continue to hold redoubts
F.2. and F.3. The Wiltshire Regiment will hold redoubt F.5. GUIDES.
2. One Guide per platoon from the Wiltshire Regiment and "C" and
"D" Companies Royal Scots Fusiliers will report to the Yorkshire
Regiment Headquarters, Road junction M.6.d. at 7-30 p.m. tonight.
No guide will be sent to the Bedfordshire Regiment. One N.C.O. per
Company will be left for 24 hours by the Battalions relieved by
the Yorkshire Regiment. STORES. 3. All VERY Pistols, Periscopes,
Rifle Rests and Trench Stores will be handed over to relieving Battalions
and receipts obtained. GUARDS 4. The Cameron Highlanders will furnish
the following guards: - One N.C.O. and 6 men on the store just South
of Cross Roads M.17. One N.C.O. and 3 men over 22nd Brigade Store
M.12.c. near the Southern end of the unfinished road. Relief to
take place at 6 p.m. MACHINE GUNS 5. Machine Guns will remain as
at present 21 Emplacements have been made. These are not to be used
for other purposes. BILLETS. 6. Billet orders are being issued separately.
(Sgd.) George Crossman. Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Brigade
7th Div. 528/G. 21st Brigade.
The 1st West Riding Brigade - consisting of the 5th,
6th, 7th and 8th battalions, West Yorkshire Regiment is to be attached
to the 7th Division for instruction in trench warfare. For this
purpose selected parties of officers and Non-Commissioned Officers
will be attached to the 21st Brigade on the 19th and 20th, each
party for 24 hours. Each battalion will send a party consisting
of 8 officers, 9 platoon sergeants, 4 Company sergeant majors and
1 battalion sergeant major, with possibly one or two additions.
The parties from the 4th [sic] and 6th battalions will be attached
to the Yorkshire Regiment and those from the 7th and 8th battalions
to the Bedford Regiment. These battalions may have to hold this
portion of the trenches at an early date and should be carefully
instructed in all details of trench life. Officers and Non-Commissioned
Officers should, if possible, be placed for instruction with individuals
responsible for carrying out similar duties to themselves. Officers
and Non-Commissioned Officers, during their attachment, will be
instructed generally in all the principles of trench warfare such
as the construction and maintenance of trenches, siting of loopholes,
employment of machine guns and snipers, erections of obstacles,
drainage, and sanitation. They will be further instructed particularly
in the exact topography of the portion of the trenches their units
will occupy. The details of the siting of the enemy's trenches opposite,
so far as they are known, should be pointed to them, especially
places from which snipers' or machine gun fire may be expected,
places from which saps have been, or seem likely to be commenced,
etc. The method of carrying out reliefs, and the routes followed,
must be carefully explained to Officers and Non-Commissioned Officers,
and it must be ensured by actual experiment that they can find their
way in and out of the trenches in the dark. They must also be shown
the best methods of bringing up rations, water, ammunition, R.E.
Stores, and all other trench requirements. These parties will arrive
at 21st Brigade Headquarters at 5.30 p.m. on the 19th and 20th provided
with one blanket, 1 waterproof sheet and rations for 24 hours. Conducting
parties and transport for their kit should meet them there, and
conduct them to their respective battalions. Div.Hd.Qrs. Sd F.Gathorne
Hardy Lieut.Colonel. 18th April 1915. General Staff, 7th Division.
Officer Commanding Bedfords.
For your information and necessary action. Which Bns.
come today will be notified later. Transport will be arranged by
me. (Sgd.) George Crossman. Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Bde. 19th April 1915.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE. Action of Reserve Battalions
of 21st Infantry Brigade in case of attack Reference LILLE Sheet
36 1/40000.
In the case of an attack on the trenches occupied
by the 21st Brigade, the Battalions billeted in the vicinity of
M.g.d. will support the Battalion occupying the left of the line
held by 21st Brigade. The Battalion billeted between FORT D'ESQUIN
and LA FLINQUE will support the Battalion occupying the right of
the line held by the 21st Brigade. The Battalion billeted in the
main LAVENTIE - AUBERS road (S of CHURCH) will form the Brigade
Reserve (in the hands of B.G.C.). The Battalions in local reserve
will be prepared to turn out at the shortest notice, with waterbottles
filled. ACTION. In the event of sudden emergency or communication
with Brigade Headquarters failing, Officers Commanding Battalions
will act at once as circumstances demand, reporting their action
by cyclist orderly immediately to Brigade Headquarters. It is essential
that Officers Commanding Battalions should study the ground in the
vicinity of their billets, with a view to moving their Battalions
by day or night, to the support of the garrison in the trenches.
(Sgd.) George Crossman. Captain, B.M. 21st Infantry Brigade.
19th April 1915.
CONFIDENTIAL.
Reference Confidential Circular memorandum No.14 of
24th March, 1915, paragraph (b), the responsibility of the 7th Division
will only include defended localities 10.11.12.13.14 and 17. Localities
18 and 19 are outside the area. Please amend accordingly. (Sgd.)
Ian Stewart, Maj. for Lt.Colonel, General Staff, 7th Division.
Div.H.Q. 30th March, 1915
2 Bedfordshire Regt Operation Order No.8. 21 April 1915.
Operation 1. The Battalion will be relieved by part
of 20th Inf.Bde. at 9 p.m. tonight. Relief 2. A. B. C. and 1 platoon
of D Company will be relieved by Grenadier Guards The three left
platoons of D Company will be relieved by 6th Gordon Highlanders.
Guides. 3. One guide per platoon and one guide per machine gun will
meet their relief at 8.30 p.m. Grenadier Guards at Cross Roads M.17.d.
6 Gordons at Cross Roads M.12.c. Stores 4. All Bombs, VERY Pistols,
Periscopes, Battalion and Company stores will be brought away. Trench
tools and Reserve ammunition and rockets will be handed over & receipts
taken. Billets 5. The Battalion will move by Companies to billets,
after relief, in factory G.26.c. Transport 6. The following transport
will be at M.17 at 7.45 p.m. tonight. 1 Cooks wagon A & B Cos. 1
Cooks wagon C & D Cos. 1 Blanket wagon B & C Cos. 1 M.O. Cart. Stretcher
bearers. (Sgd.) C.C. Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant. 2 Bedf.R.
21st BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.52.
20th April 1915.
OPERATION. 1. The Brigade will be relieved by the
20th Brigade at 9.p.m. 21st instant. RELIEF. 2. The Grenadier Guards
will relieve the Bedfordshire Regiment less the left 3 platoons.
Half Bn. 6th Gordon Highlanders will relieve the left 3 platoons
of the Bedfordshire Regiment and "C" Company Yorkshire Regiment.
The Scots Guards will relieve the remainder of the Yorkshire Regiment.
Forts F.2. F.3 and F.5 will be taken over by parties from the relieving
Battalions. One guide per Platoon will meet their reliefs at 8-30
p.m. Grenadier Guards at Cross Roads M.17.d. 6th Bn. Gordons at
Cross Roads M.12.c. Scots Guards. at M.6.d.6.5. GUARDS. 3. The Guards
at M.17.d., RUE MASSELOT and Road Junction M.4.c. will be relieved
by 20th Brigade at 6 p.m. Guards as follows will be taken over from
20th Brigade at 6 p.m.:- 1 N.C.O. and 3 men. Point 300 yards East
of Cross Roads LAVENTIE by the Royal Scots Fusiliers. 1 N.C.O. and
3 men Road Junction M.4.b. LAVENTIE by Cameron Highlanders. 1 N.C.O.
and 3 men in each of Forts 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 17 RUE BACQUEROT
by the Wiltshire Regiment. STORES. 4. All Bombs, VERY Pistols, Periscopes
and Battalion Stores will be brought away. Trench Tools and reserve
Ammunition will be handed over. BILLETS. 5. Billeting Orders have
been issued to Quartermasters. The Royal Scots Fusiliers and Wiltshire
Regiment will not march off till 7 p.m. BOMBERS. 6. Grenade Sections
will withdraw with the Battalions t owhich they are attached. (Sgd.)
George Crossman. Captain. Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
To BEDFORDS.
Sender's Number B M 43. Day of Month 28.4.15. Move
at once AAA Orders follow. O.C. Coy. Please note. (Sgd.) C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Capt. Adjt. 2 Bedf.R. 10.40
a.m. Noted A Coy.
21st Brigade Operation Order No.53. April 28th 1915.
Reference 1/40,000 Map.
1. INTENTION. The Brigade will march at once. Route
via Road junction G.32.b. N. - ESTAIRE [sic] and Road junction L.22.d.
2. ORDER OF MARCH. Units (in fours) will pass the level crossing
N. end of LAVENTIE as follows. Signal Section. 12 noon Grenade Company
12- p.m. Cameron Highlanders 12-1 p.m. Yorkshire Regiment. 12-5
p.m. the wilts Regiment will join the Column as it passes the road
junction G.26.c. and follow the Yorkshire Regiment. The Bedfordshire
Regiment and R.S.Fus. in the order named will join the column in
rear of the Wiltshires as it passes the entrance to their billets
G.26.c. 3. TRANSPORT. Transport including ammunition Mules will
move in the above order in rear of the Bedfordshire Regiment. Lieut.
CHAUNCY, Yorkshire Regiment is appointed Brigade Transport Officer.
All surplus stores that cannot be carried will be left in a suitable
place in billets and a guard of unfit left over them. 4. BILLETS.
Billeting parties will meet the Staff Captain at VIEUX BERQUIN.
5. REPORTS. reports will be sent to the Signal Section. (Sgd.) George
Crossman. Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. issued
at 11-30 a.m.
To O.C. Companies.
Sender's Number Bd. Day of Month 28 April Companies
will be ready to march in order H.Q. A - B - C - D Co. M.Gun Sect
as 12.30 p.m. today AAA Head of A Co to be at Entrance gates of
billets at hour named AAA Battalion follows. 2 Wilts Regt. From
Adjt. 2 Bedf.R. Time 12.10 p.m. (Sgd.) C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Capt Adjutant 2 Bedf.R.
May 1915
2nd Bedfordshire Regt: Operation Order No.9. Ref.Map
HAZEBROUCK 1/100,000. 3rd May 1915
Operation. 1. The Battalion will take part in a Brigade
Route March this afternoon. Route 2. Starting point. Road junction
200 yards N. of STRAZEELE. Route. ROUGE CROIX - Cross roads East
of B. in CAESARE BECQUE - Five road junction mile N. of BORRE -
Cross roads mile S.E. of ROUGE CROIX. Thence to Billets independently.
Order of March 3. D-A-B-C. M.Guns. Head of D.Co. will pass gate
of Transport field at 2.55 p.m. A.Co. & M.Guns will join column
at Brigade Starting point. Transport. 4. Normal order of march.
The head will pass the Brigade starting point at 3.20 p.m. C.C.
Foss [Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain, Adjutant,
2 Bedf.R.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.54. 3rd May
1915. Reference 1/100,000 Map HAZEBROUCK.
OPERATION 1. The Brigade will Route March this afternoon.
ROUTE 2. Starting point Road Junction 200 yards N. of STRAZEELE.
Route ROUGE CROIX - Cross Roads East of B in CAESARE BECQUE - Five
road junction mile N. of BORRE - Cross Roads mile S.E. of ROUGE
CROIX - thence to Billets independently. ORDER OF MARCH. 3. Battalions
will pass the Starting Point as follows: - Grenade Company 3 p.m.
Bedfordshire Regiment 3.1 p.m. Royal Scots Fusiliers 3.6 p.m. Wiltshire
Regiment 3.10 p.m. 1/4 Cameron Highlanders 3.14 p.m. The Yorkshire
Regiment will join the Column in rear of the 1/4 Camerons at ROUGE
CROIX. TRANSPORT. 4. Normal order of march. The head will pass the
starting point at 3.25 p.m. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade
Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
2nd Battn.Bedf.R. Operation Order No.10. Ref.Map 1/100000.
4th May 1915
OPERATION 1. The Battalion will march to ESTAIRES
tonight. ROUTE. 2. Starting point. Road junction S.E. exit from
STRAZEELE - MERRIS - Cross roads at OULTERSTEEN - thence southwards
by the road running along the COURANT de la METEREN BECQUE - ESTAIRES.
ORDER OF MARCH. 3. The Battalion will follow the Grenade Company
in order A-B-C-D Co. M.Guns. head of Battalion will pass starting
point at 7.22 p.m. TRANSPORT. 4. Transport less Train will follow
the Battalion. C.C. Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain, Adjutant, 2 Bedf.R.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.55 Reference
Map 1/100,000. 4th May, 1915.
INTENTION. 1. The Brigade will march to ESTAIRES
to-night. Route Starting point Road Junction S.E. exit from STRAZEELE
- MERRIS - Cross Roads at OULTERSTEEN - thence southwards by the
road running along the COURANT DE LA METEREN BECQUE - ESTAIRES.
ORDER OF MARCH. 2. Units will pass the starting point as follows:
- Signal Section and Brigade Headquarters 7.20 p.m. Grenade Company
7.21 p.m. Bedfordshire Regiment 7.22 p.m. Yorkshire Regiment 7.30
p.m. Cameron Highlanders 7.40 p.m. Wiltshire Regiment 7.48 p.m.
The Royal Scots Fusiliers and 21st field Ambulance in the order
named will join the Column in rear of the Wiltshire Regiment at
the Road Junction E.S.E. of STRAZEELE on the STRAZEELE - MERRIS
Road. The Train will move under orders of Officer Commanding Train
in rear of 21st Field Ambulance. S.A.A. Section 35th F.A.Bde. will
move in rear of the train. TRANSPORT 3. Transport will move in rear
of units. BILLETS 4. Separate instructions have been issued to Billeting
parties. REPORTS. 5. To Signal Section. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER
No.56. 5th May 1915 Reference Maps. 1/10000. FAUQUISSART - AUBERS.
1/40000. Sheet 36.
INTENTION. 1. The 21st Infantry Brigade will relieve
parts of the 20th and 25th Brigades in the Trenches to-night. RELIEF.
2.(a) The Royal Scots Fusiliers will relieve the 2nd Bn.Gordon Highlanders.
A Battalion of 1st West Riding Brigade will relieve the Scots Guards.
The Royal Scots Fusiliers will rendezvous at the level crossing
LAVENTIE at 7.45 p.m. where they will be joined by a battalion of
1st West Riding Brigade. At 7.50 p.m. this column. Royal Scots Fusiliers
leading will move to the Cross Roads M.22.b. where they will be
met by guides from the 20th Brigade at 8.45 p.m. (b) Battalion Wiltshire
Regiment will relieve Battalion 1st London Regiment. the Cameron
Highlanders will relieve the Royal Irish Rifles. The Wiltshire Regiment
will rendezvous at Cross Roads M.6.d. at 8 p.m. where they will
be met by guides from the 1st London Regiment. The Cameron Highlanders
will follow the Wiltshire Regiment from their billets and rendezvous
at the Cross Roads M.12.c. where they will be met by guides from
the Royal Irish Rifles. STORES. 3. All Masks, Flannel, etc. will
be taken over from units relieved and the position of bicarbonate
pails will be ascertained and explained to every man. Battalions
will as rapidly as possible supplement the means for resisting gasses
[sic]. POSTS. 4. Battalions will take over all fortified posts and
guards held by units which they relieve. A state showing forts,
guards and posts taken over will be rendered to reach this office
by 5 a.m. tomorrow. BILLETS. 5. Battalions will take up billets
according to orders issued separately. Command. 6. the G.O.C's 21st
Infantry Brigade and 1st West Riding Brigade will assume command
of their section when relief is completed. the right section under
G.O.C. 1st West Riding Brigade will consist of line held by 1 battalions
of 1st West Riding Brigade (approximately C lines) and battalion
of 1st West Riding in CAMERON LANE and 1 battalion 21st Infantry
Brigade on LA BASSEE road in support. The remainder of the front
and troops of 1st West Riding Brigade and 21st Infantry Brigade
in support will be under command of G.O.C. 21st Infantry Brigade.
HEADQUARTERS. 7. 21st Infantry Brigade Headquarters will be in LAVENTIE
M.4.b. 1st West Riding Brigade Headquarters in RUE PARADIS M.3.d.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.57. Reference
Map 1/40000, Sheet 36. 6th May 1915.
INTENTION. 1. During the night 7th/8th the following
reliefs and moves will take place. RELIEF. 2(a) The Royal Scots
Fusiliers will be relieved by Troops of the 1st West Riding Brigade
and will withdraw to the keeps on RUE BACQUEROT, M.17.d. Eight guides
will be sent to meet the 1/8th West Yorkshire Regiment at Cross
Roads M.22.b. at 8.30 p.m. Relief will take place at 9 p.m. (b)
The Battalion Wiltshire Regiment in the Trenches will be relieved
by the 1/4th Cameron Highlanders, and will move into dugouts M.12.b.
Provision of Guides and handing over of Forts, etc. to be arranged
direct between Commanding Officers of these Battalions. relief to
take place at 9 p.m. (c) The Yorkshire Regiment will move, starting
point Cross Roads M.17.d. at 1 a.m., via the RUE BACQUEROT to dugouts
in H.31.c. The Bedfordshire Regiment will move, starting point Cross
Roads in M.9.d. at 1 a.m., via LA FLINQUE and RUE BACQUEROT to dugouts
in H.31.c. No troops of the Brigade will be allowed on the SAILLY
FROMELLES Road. MEETING. 3. Adjutants will meet the Brigade Major
tomorrow as follows: - Bedfordshire Regt. and Yorkshire Regt. Cross
Roads H.31.c. at 10 a.m. Wiltshire Regt. Road Junction M.12.a. at
10.5 a.m. Royal Scots Fusiliers. Cross Roads M.1.7.d. at 10.10 a.m.
GEORGE GROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
NOTES. OPERATIONS OF 1st ARMY.
1. Helios must be taken. Battalions must arrange
to have signalling lamps brought up at night. 2. Orderlies will
be found by Battalions as follows: - During active and moving operations
3 orderlies per Battalion, who know the actual position of their
Battalion Headquarters. At each change of Headquarters new orderlies
as soon as the new position is settled, old ones sent back at first
opportunity. Someone should be left at old Headquarters to redirect
messengers. When a Battalion is ordered to prepare for an attack,
Signalling Officer of N.C.O. should report with 2 men (not necessarily
signalling) to Brigade Headquarters to take off the wire operators,
etc. 3. All guards left over great coats etc. should have three
of four days rations left with them. 4. The LAHORE Division are
using a yellow flag 16 inches square to mark the advance of troops.
5. The Cameron Highlanders will have ready at the eastern end of
their trenches a carrying party for work under the R.E. when required.
6. The Transport Officer of the Cameron Highlanders is appointed
Brigade Transport Officer for these Operations. 7. No wheeled transport
will accompany the Battalions tonight: Cookers may be taken up to
Battalions after 3.30 a.m. tomorrow, they will not use the SAILLY-FROMELLES
Road. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major 21st infantry
Bde. 7.5.15.
2 Bn. Bedf.R. Operation Order No.11. Ref.Sheet 36 1/40000.
8th May 1915
INTENTION. 1. The Battalion will move into Dugouts
early tomorrow morning near Cross roads H.31.a. ROUTE. 2. Starting
point Cross roads at PONT DU HEM M.15.d. at 12.30 A.M. 9 May. Route
X Roads M.9.d. - LA FLINQUE RUE BACQUEROT - X Roads H.31.c. ORDER
OF MARCH. 3. B, C, D, A. Companies M.Gun Sect. TRANSPORT. 4. No
wheeled Transport to accompany Battalion. HOT MEAL. 5. Hot soup
10 p.m. tonight. Tea will come up in cookers after 3.30 A.M. 9 May.
BILLETS. 6. To be cleaned & tidied before dark this evening. ORDERS.
7. No notes or orders to be taken into the field.. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain, Adjutant, 2 Bedf.R.
21st Infantry Brigade Operation Order No.58. reference
1/100000. HAZEBROUCK. and for starting point only 1/40000. 10th
May 1915.
INTENTION. 1. the Brigade will move to-night to the
neighbourhood of ESSARS via PONT DU HEM - road running West immediately
South of DU in PONT DU HEM - Cross roads North of second I in VIEILLE
CHAPELLE - LA COUTURE - LE TOURET. This road will be blocked by
the Divisional Cyclists. ORDER OF MARCH. 2. Units will pass the
starting point (a) Cross Roads M.9.d. as follows: - Signal Section
and Brigade Headquarters 11.35 p.m. Grenade Company 11.36 p.m. Bedfordshire
Regiment 11.37 p.m. Yorkshire Regiment 11.42 p.m. (b) Starting point
Cross Roads M.16.b. Royal Scots Fusiliers 11.37 p.m. Cameron Highlanders
11.41 p.m. Wiltshire Regiment 11.45 p.m. The Highland Field Company
R.E. will follow the Wiltshire Regiment joining the column as it
passes the Cross Roads M.9.d. at 12.10 p.m. TRANSPORT. 3. Normal
order of march. BILLETS. 4. parties will meet the Staff Captain
at Road Junction immediately South of the T in LE TOURET. FALLING
OUT. 5. Each Battalion will leave a reliable N.C.O. and the Wiltshire
Regt. one officer to march in rear of the Column and bring on stragglers
at the pace of the slowest. The Officer will march the whole party.
Men are to be instructed to wait for this party and on no account
to try to find their own way. REPORTS. 6. Reports to Signal Section.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.59 11th May
1915.
RELIEF. 1. The Bedfordshire Regiment will take over
Trenches A and B Section D(1) Lines from the 31st [sic] Batt.London
Regiment tonight. Guides will meet them at the Road Junction RUE
DU BOIS and RUE L'EPINETTE X.18.c. at 8-15 p.m. All trench stores
will be taken over. Two Platoons of the 21st London Regiment will
be left with the Bedfordshire Regiment till 2 p.m. tomorrow to explain
details as to certain R.E.Stores. BILLETS. 2. the Yorkshire Regiment
will take over Billets in the RUE L'EPINETTE from 24th Bn.London
Regiment and will be in Brigade Reserve. The Cameron Highlanders
will move to Billets in RUE L'EPINETTE. The Quartermaster of the
Camerons will meet the Staff Captain at Road Junction in X.18.c.
at 6.30 p.m. Remaining Battalions will remain in their present position.
HEADQUARTERS 3. Brigade Headquarters will after 6 p.m. be at CSE
DU RAUX. X.17.c. Completion of moves will be reported. GEORGE
CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
GENERAL PLAN OF ATTACK OF 7th DIVISION.
1. The following is a brief summary of the proposals
for the attack on the German position in the neighbourhood of LA
QUINQUE RUE. 2. The front on which the attack will be launched is
between N.1. and P.5. A continual bombardment will be maintained
between now and the day of the assault on this front and on the
flanks between M.3. and M.1. on the South, and P.5. and Q.2. on
the North, while by means of rifle and maxim gun fire, the repair
of any damage done during the day will be rendered impossible at
night. 3. It is proposed that this assault should be launched at
3.15 a.m. proceeded by a fairly intense bombardment from 2.45 a.m.
to 3.15 a.m. to culminate the continual bombardment which will by
then have lasted 48 hours. 4. The assault will be made by two Brigades
in the front line, the 22nd Brigade on the right, whose objective
will be the enemy's front trenches between N.1. and a point roughly
400 yards North of that, and the 20th Brigade on the left who will
attack between a point 100 yards South of P.2. and P.5. The further
objective of these Brigades will be, for the 22nd Brigade, the line
M.3. M.5. M.6. and M.9. and for the 20th Brigade the line M.9. P.18.
5. For this assault the Brigades will be formed up in the following
way: - The 22nd Brigade to the West and 20th Brigade to the East
of Indian Village. the 22nd Brigade will have two battalions behind
the front parapet for a distance of 300 yards on either side of
the road leading from the BREWERY up to Farm COUR D'AVOINE. they
will have two other battalions in the old trench immediately in
rear of this, while the 5th Battalion of this Brigade will be in
support trenches some 500 yards further back. The 20th Brigade form
up with two battalions behind the front parapet immediately opposite
the point of assault. A further Battalion will be in the 2nd line
trench immediately in rear of the right battalion of this assaulting
column, while the supporting battalion to the left assaulting battalion
will be in the trenches about DEAD COW FARM and PRINCES ROAD, and
will move up to its position as the leading battalion vacates it.
The fifth battalion of this Brigade will be about post No.14. The
21st Brigade shall be in Reserve just East of the RUE DE L'EPINETTE.
6. Four guns are being placed in our front parapet to bring enfilade
fire to bear on the enemy's line at close range.
21st Infantry Brigade 7th Div.G.A.710
The Details for the forthcoming operations have not
yet been definitely settled, but the general plan is that the 7th
Division shall break the enemy's front between N.1. and P.5. and
extend an advance to an approximate line M.2. M.5. M.6. M.9. N.15.
while the 2nd Division breaks the enemy's front between R.4. and
V.1. and advances to the line P.18. Q.18. R.13. V.4. To carry out
this plan the 22nd Brigade will break the enemy's front between
N.1. and a point approximately 150 yards north of N.4. and advance
and extend its line to the front M.2. M.6. M.9. while the 20th Brigade
breaks the line between a point 150 yards south of P.2. and P.5.
The 20th Brigade will then advance and extend to the front M.9.
P.18 and assist the 2nd Division to capture farm COUR D'AVOINE.
To carry out this operation a much longer and more severe bombardment
than those recently employed will be carried out, and the Right
flank between M.1. and M.3. and the Left flank between P.5. and
Q.2. covered by a barrage of high explosive as well as shrapnel.
There are many points which require consideration, Many of the attacks
in the recent operations failed owing to inability to maintain a
steady stream of reinforcements from the rear. On the other hand
a congestion of troops in a small area may prove a source of unnecessary
loss. Both these sides require consideration. The exact positions
to the flanks which should be reached by the bombing parties must
be previously determined and this is determined on the left to some
extent by the necessity of joining hands with the 2nd Division,
while on the right it is indicated by the presence of a strong hostile
trench forming a flank defence and running through M.5. The importance
of previously detailed bombing parties for specific tasks cannot
be exaggerated. It is important that these bombers should not be
mixed up in the first rush of the assault. The position of the Reserve
Brigade requires careful consideration, and its lines of advance
must be reconnoitred. The necessity for a thorough reconnaissance
by Company Commanders or senior N.C.O's cannot be underestimated.
Time is now short. B.G.C. Infantry Brigades should therefore submit
not later than 4.0 p.m. tomorrow, 12th instant, a detailed scheme
accompanied by a sketch, and also a statement showing exactly what
work in the way of Engineers or other services is required. It would
be of assistance if the latter requirement could be submitted earlier,
so as to be able to detail the necessary fatigue parties before
dark. Should any reconnaissance in front of our present trenches
be required, a period of qui-essence from rifle and Artillery Fire
will be arranged for between 8.0 p.m. and 11.0 p.m. tomorrow evening
so as to enable these patrols to move to the front. F.GATHORNE
HARDY, Lt.Col. General Staff 7th Division.
To: OPERATION ORDER No.15 Operation Orders by Lt.Col.C.C.
Onslow [Cranley Charlton ONSLOW, CB, CMG, CBE, DSO] Comdg. 2
Bedf.Regt.
Re inspection of 7th Division by Genl.Joffre
C.in C. Allied Armies in France. 1. The head of the Battn. in Order
A.B.C.D.Coys. will pass the Road Junction Sq.W.7.A. passing A Company's
Billets at 1 p.m. Signallers and Machine Gunners in Ranks with their
Companies. 2. On arrival on Inspection Ground in Sq.V.13. The Battn.
will form up in Quarter Column on a Frontage of 80 yds. leading
Battn. in Brigade. Officers to take part in Review Order. 3. Dress
Marching Order without packs. Officers to wear Web Equipment. 4.
Watches will be Synchronised at Battn. Hd.Qrs. This Morning Passed
to Coys. at 9.20 a.m. O.C.Coys. please Initial H. Cressingham
[Hugh CRESSINGHAM], Capt. A.Adjt. 2 Bedf. Regt.
SPECIAL ORDER 26th May, 1915.
General Joffre, Commander-in-Chief of the
Allied Forces in France, has announced that he will, tomorrow, confer
on the 7th Division the honor [sic] of Inspection. The inspection
will take place in the vicinity of BAS RIEUX. (a) The Royal Artillery
and Northumberland Hussars (less 1 troop acting as mounted escort
and to which special instructions have been given) will be drawn
up in a field in V.13.D. under arrangements to be made by the Brigadier
General Commanding Royal Artillery. (b) The Royal Engineers, 7th
Divisional Cyclist Company, 20th, 21st and 22nd Infantry Brigades
and R.A.M.C. will be drawn up in a Field in V.13.B. Troops mentioned
in (b) DRESS. Drill order without packs. Officers will be dismounted.
No vehicles will accompany the troops. Brigade majors (or Staff
captains) with Brigade Markers will meet the A.A. Q.M.G., at the
Inspection Field at 2.15 p.m. Troops will arrive on the ground as
follows: - (1) 20th Infantry Brigade, 55th Company R.E., and detachment
23rd Field Ambulance marching via BUSNES - L'ECLEME track leading
W. through V.8.B. to the N.E. entrance of Inspection Field where
the head of the column will arrive at 2.15 pm. (2) 22nd Infantry
Brigade, 54th Company R.E., Detachment 55th Field Company R.E. and
7th Divisional Cyclist Company marching via LILLERS to N.W. entrance
of Inspection Field where the Head of the Column will arrive at
2.35 p.m. (3) 21st Infantry Brigade, 2nd Highland Field Company
R.E., and Detachment 21st Field Ambulance marching via GONNEHEM
and BUSNETTES to S.E. entrance of Inspection Field where the Head
of the Column will arrive at 2.55 p.m. The Infantry, after being
drawn up in their allotted places, will fix bayonets and the troops
will "stand at ease" and "stand easy". As the Inspecting Officer
approaches the following whistle signals will be given by the Divisional
Commander. 1st WHISTLE. Brigade Commanders and O.C.Cyclist Company,
R.E. and R.A.M.C., will call their Commands to attention. 2nd WHISTLE.
Brigade and R.E.Commanders will give the command "Slope Arms". 3rd
WHISTLE. Brigade and R.E.Commanders give the command "General Salute
- Present Arms". 4th WHISTLE. Brigade and R.E. Commanders give the
command "Slope Arms" and the Brigadier Generals Commanding 21st
and 22nd Brigades will further give the command "Order Arms" "Stand
at Ease". General Joffre will then walk down the line. The
massed pipers will play.. The 20th Infantry Brigade will remain
at the Slope until the Inspecting Officer has passed the right flank
of the 22nd Brigade when it will "order arms" and "Stand Easy".
The 22nd Infantry Brigade will come to the "Slope" as the Inspecting
Officer approaches the left flank of the 20th Brigade, and so on
till the Inspecting Officer has passed each Brigade. Troops may
"Stand East [sic] but there must be no talking. After the Inspection
General Joffre will return to the Saluting Base. As he arrives
there the Divisional Commander will blow his whistle and the troops
will stand properly "at ease". The Divisional General will then
again blow his whistle which will be the signal for troops to remove
their head-dresses. 3 Cheers will be given for General Joffre
taking the time from the Divisional Commander. The troops will then
replace their head-dresses, unfix bayonets and remain at the "stand
at ease" position preparatory to the march past in fours in the
following order: - Cyclists Royal Engineers 20th Brigade 22nd Brigade
21st Brigade R.A.M.C. Leading direct to billets as the Inspection
field is cleared. As soon as these troops have marched past, General
Joffre will inspect the Squadron Northumberland Hussars, and
the 7th Division Royal Artillery. The A.P.M. will make the necessary
arrangements for controlling traffic in the area adjacent to where
the Inspection will be held. A.C.DALY, Lt.Colonel, A.A. &
Q.M.G., 7th Division. NOTE. With reference to paragraph 3, instead
of a whistle a 'G' will be sounded on a bugle.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE ORDER 27th May 1915. Reference
to 7th Division Special Order issued herewith.
1. Adjutants with Brigade Markers will meet the Brigade
Major at V.13.b.7.1. at 2-5 p.m. today. 2. Officers may be mounted
as far as V.13.b.7.1. where horses will be left. 3. Battalions will
pass the Road Junction V.18.a.4.8. as follows: - Cameron Highlanders
1.30 pm via Cross Roads V.5.b. Wiltshire Regiment 1.32 pm via GONNEHEM
Royal Scots Fusiliers 1.36 pm via Tow-path, DOUCE CRME FME. Cross
Roads V.5.b. Yorkshire Regiment 1.30 pm via GONNEHEM Bedfordshire
Regiment 1.43 pm via GONNEHEM High. Coy.R.E. 1.46 pm via GONNEHEM
21st Field Ambulance 1.47 pm via Cross Roads V.5.b. 4. The Brigade
will be drawn up in mass, Battalions being in Quarter Column on
a frontage of 60 yards, in order of seniority from the front. Officers
will take post in Review Order. 5. Watches will be compared with
the Brigade Signal Office time. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade AFTER ORDER Owing to part of
the programme being cancelled all times will be advanced 30 minutes.
That is to say for 1.30 p.m. read 1 p.m. and so on.
July 1915
SECRET 7th Division No.320 (G) 3rd
July 1915 G.S.7th Div.No.C/123/G.
The following copy of instructions to Divisions in
1st Corps dated 2nd May, 1915, is forwarded for information and
guidance: - The enemy's trenches are to be watched carefully with
a view to the immediate detection of the ejection of asphyxiating
gases or of any indication of such action on the part of the enemy.
Lookouts should be posted especially to watch any hosepipes or localities
suspected of containing the means of emitting gases. Arrangements
should be made for rapid communication between these lookouts and
the Artillery, so that the latter can get immediate warning. A heavy
fire is then to be brought to bear immediately on the localities
indicated, both with a view to the destruction of the gas making
instruments and to the dispersion of the gas itself. Sd. R.Whigham.
Brig-General General Staff 1st Corps
To Bedfords
Sender's Number B.M.2 Day of Month 7 The Brigade
will be moving from its present Billets on Friday night and on Saturday
will take over Trenches from the Indians aaa The R S F and Yorkshires
will be the first for the trenches. 21st Bde. George CROSSMAN
Capt. B M
SPECIAL BRIGADE ORDER 7th July 1915. Reference Special
Divisional Order.
1. An Officer per Battalion with Brigade markers will
meet the Brigade Major as follows: - Bedfordshire and Yorkshire
Regiments, road junction T.6.d. at 8 a.m. Royal Scots Fusiliers
and Cameron Highlanders T.6.d.Central at 8.15 a.m. 2. Battalions
will march so as to pass the road junction C.32.a. as follows: -
2nd Bn Yorkshire Regt 8 a.m. 2nd Bn Bedfordshire Regt 8-5 a.m. 2nd
Royal Scots Fusiliers 8-10 a.m. 1/4 Cameron Highlanders 8-14 a.m.
The Bedfordshire and Yorkshire Regiments will march on their markers
via C.31 and T.6 and the Royal Scots Fusiliers and Cameron Highlanders
via O.32 and U.1 3. Battalions will be formed up extended to approximately
1 paces on both sides of the road. Company Commanders will be on
the North and other Officers on the South side of the road. Battalion
Commanders on the Western flank. Companies will present arms as
the car of the Secretary of State for War approaches and return
to the order after he has passed. Battalions will be as strong as
possible except that the Grenade Company and learning Bombers will
not parade. Machine Guns will not be on parade but teams will be
in the ranks. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major 21st
Infantry Brigade.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER Copy No.2 All
reference to 1/40000 map and 1/10000 Trench Map 8th July 1915.
1. INTENTION. The Brigade will march tomorrow afternoon
to the neighbourhood of VIEILLE CHAPELLE and will during the night
of July 10/11th take over the trenches from LA QUINQUE RUE (exclusive)
to V.1. (inclusive) from the Dehra Dun and GARHWAL Brigades. Orders
as to March and Billeting Areas will be issued separately. 2. RELIEF.
(a) The Yorkshire Regiment will relieve the 4th Bn Seaforth Highlanders
and 1st Bn. Seaforth Highlanders in A and B sections from LA QUINQUE
RUE to Q.7 (inclusive). the 2nd Bn Royal Scots Fusiliers will relieve
the 6th Jats in C sections from Q.7. (exclusive) to R.5 (exclusive).
The 1/4 Cameron Highlanders will relieve the Battalion of the Garhwal
Brigade holding R.5 (inclusive) to V.1. (inclusive). (b) All guards,
posts, defended works held by the Battalions relieved will be taken
over. (c) The Bedfordshire Regiment will be in Brigade Reserve on
the road running through X.11. (d) The Officers from Battalions
to take over A, B and C sections will report to Headquarters Dehra
Dun Brigade, VIEILLE CHAPELLE at 10 a.m. on July 10th where guides
will be awaiting them to conduct them to the trenches. Those to
take over from the Garhwal Brigade will report at the Headquarters
of that Brigade, LA COUTURE, at the same time. All details for the
relief will be arranged direct between Commanding Officers concerned.
TRENCH STORES. Trench stores such as Bombs, Gas Signalling Gongs
etc. will be taken over, and report rendered by 10 a.m. July 11th
as to what is taken over. GUIDES. The relief will commence at 9.30
p.m. at which hour guides will meet Battalions at the Headquarters
of the Battalions they are going to relieve. REPORTS. Completion
of relief will be reported to Brigade Headquarters at VIEILLE CHAPELLE
GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade
Adjt.Bedford Regiment
There will be a signal office at a point just under
the R of Rue de Chavattes on the road running through XII. This
office will, if present arrangements still seem suitable, be a general
exchange, run by brigade operators and thro' it communication will
by request be possible with units in the firing line, guns and bde
H.Q. There are other H.Q. at two points on the same road north of
this office and if you take over one of these H.Q. you will be tapped
on to the line running from this exchange to Brigade H.Q. Other
arrangements may be made if it seems more suitable, but notice will
be given. If it can possibly be avoided no company stations should
be put on these lines, we will endeavour to provide some separate
system for company lines if they are required. F.G.HOBSON Lt.
Sigs 21st Bde
SPECIAL ROUTINE ORDER by General Sir Douglas Haig, G.C.B.,
K.C.I.E., K.C.V.O., A.D.C.GEN: Commanding 1st Army Headquarters
1st July 8th July 1915
General Sir Douglas Haig has much pleasure
in informing all ranks under his command that Lord Kitchener
was greatly pleased with his visit to the 1st Army yesterday. Lord
Kitchener was able to personally express his admiration of the
troops, not only to Sir Douglas Haig but also several of
the Corps, Divisional, Brigade and Unit commanders. To these commanders,
and to those troops, of the 1st Army, whom Lord Kitchener
was not able to see personally, he desires to send a message of
his deep appreciation of their fine work in the trenches. The Secretary
of State for War wishes the troops to understand that, although
complimentary telegrams are not sent after each of their gallant
actions, their daily deeds are closely and earnestly watched, and
very warmly appreciated, by all those in authority at home. Steps
are to be taken to ensure that this order reached every soldier
in the 1st Army. P.E.F.HOBBS Major General D.A.& Q.M.G. 1st
Army
To Bedfords
Sender's Number S C 163. Day of Month 9th Your billeting
area is as follows: - Ref Map 36 A Q 24 C Eglise along road running
E as far as pt where it cuts R.19 a & b aaa Refilling pt tomorrow
BOHEME Q 28 & b 9.5. Transport will accompany Battns. Details as
to route and time of march later, but no troops may be WEST of HINGES
before 8.30 p.m. 21st Bde H. SHAW Capt.
OPERATION ORDER No.59 by Brigadier General C G Blackader
D.S.O. Commanding Garhwal Brigade 9th July 1915. Reference Map 1/40000
BETHUNE Sheet
1. On arrival of the Bedfordshire Regiment and Royal
Scots Fusiliers in relief of Garhwal Rifles and 2/8th Gurkhas, they
will come under the orders of the G.O.C. Garhwal Brigade as part
of the Meerut Divisional Reserve State of readiness - two hours
notice. 2. On the word "MEET" the Divisional Reserve will concentrate
on road VIEILLE CHAPELLE - R.28.d. - R.35. as follows: - 2nd Leicesters.
Head of column facing S E at road junction R.35.a.7.2. M G Section
of 2/3rd Gurkhas - in rear of Leicesters. Royal Scots Fusiliers
- in rear of M.G.Section 2/3rd Gurkhas. Bedfordshire Regt - in rear
of Royal Scots Fusiliers. 3. On arrival of each unit in position
an Officer will proceed to road junction R.35.a.7.2. and await arrival
of the G.O.C. J.H.K.STEWART Major. Brigade Major, Garhwal
Brigade.
CIRCULAR MEMORANDUM NO.5. 9th July 1915.
The following system of nomenclature has been adopted
in the 1st Corps. All Officers are to make themselves acquainted
with these lines as far as they concern the Brigade and the nomenclature
is to be carefully adhered to in all reports etc. A. (i) The "Divisional
Zone" which comprises: - (a) The "first line system of trenches".
(b) The "Village Line" viz. CAMBRIN - TOURBIERES - PONT FIXE - LE
PLANTIN - FESTUBERT - RUE DE L'EPINETTE - RUE DU BOIS, immediately
in rear of the first line system. (ii) the "LE TOURET Line". which
comprises the breastworks and supporting points on the general line
BEUVRY - LE PREOL[AN] - GORRE - LOISNE - LE TOURET - LA COUT[U]RE.
(iii) The "ESSARS Line", comprising the works on the general line
ESSARS - MESPLAUX - LES LOBES. (iv) The "Canal Line", viz. the G.H.Q.
line from AVELETTE (HINGES) to ROBECQ and ST VENANT. B. Front trench
For actual fire trench. Support Trench For second fire or supporting
trench about 100 yards in rear of front trench BATTALION reserve
trenches For battalion reserves. Brigade reserve trenches For brigade
reserves (as required) Communication trenches To be numbered from
right to left. Keep Small post close up to support trench. Garrison
up to one platoon. Supporting point Works or defended localities
anywhere in rear of keeps; garrison from one company to one battalion
GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major 31st [sic] Infantry
Brigade
To Captain Foss
Sender's Number Day of Month 10th. When you move down
to RUE DE CHAVATTES will you be able to arrange that the house apposite
your H Q in which our exchange is, can be left empty for the signal
section only Yrs F G Hobson
To Bedfords
Sender's Number B M 2 Day of Month 10 There are signs
of enemy activity on our front aaa Bns should therefore make every
endeavour at once to make their positions as strong as possible
aaa This refers especially to points behind the front Trench aaa
reports should be sent in at once of any deficiency of ammunition
or Stores at any point. 11.20 A M GEORGE CROSSMAN Capt. B
M 21st Bde
SECRET CIRCULAR MEMORANDUM 6 11th July 1915 (Meerut
Division No.G.140.)
1. Advantage should be taken of long standing grass
to sap forward at frequent intervals from the front parapet and
to establish listening posts in advance of, or under, the front
obstacles and just in rear of the cleared grass belt. Patrol reports
indicate that the Germans have established such posts, some of which
are wired and capable of taking a machine gun. (Meerut Division
No.G.179) 2. The Brigades of the 8th Division use coloured rockets
as follows in case of night attack: - 24th Brigade Green 25th Brigade
Blue 23rd Brigade Red (Meerut Division No.G.66/5) 3. The following
signals are used in the Division for giving alarm. They will stand
good until altered by order from Divisional Headquarters. (i) BY
DAY AND NIGHT. GAS - continuous beating on a gong (shell case) until
the alarm is taken up along our front. The gas alarm will be taken
up by this Division from a Division on right or left only by order
of the Commander of the Company on the flank whence the alarm comes.
He will only give the order should it appear to him that the gas
cloud is coming near his flank (ii) BY NIGHT. (a) "ENEMY INFANTRY
ATTACKING". Green rocket followed immediately by a white rocket
sent up from vicinity of point attacked, and repeated once after
a two minute interval. (b) "HEAVY ARTILLERY OR TRENCH MORTAR BOMBARDMENT
OF TRENCHES". Green rocket followed immediately by a red rocket
sent up and repeated in a similar manner. There is no necessity
for alarm signal against attack or bombardment by day as artillery
forward observation officers can send back the alarm from their
observation posts to their batteries quickly enough. GEORGE CROSSMAN
Captain Brigade Major 21st Infantry Bde.
SECRET Officer Commanding Bedfordshire Regt
On going round the trenches this morning the Brigadier
noticed the following points which require immediate attention:
- 1. In some cases Machine Gun Loopholes are so low that the long
grass entirely obstructs the view. In such cases steps must be taken
to raise the level of the gun sufficiently to clear the grass. 2.
Firing steps were either too high or too low. 3. Loopholes were
obstructed with earth. They should daily be inspected to see that
they are free from obstruction. 4. Waterholes were dirty. Notices
should be put up at all waterholes and the greatest care taken to
keep them from being fouled. Urinating in the trenches in [sic]
forbidden. 5. Immediate steps are to be taken to see that VERMOREL
SPRAYERS are in complete working order and filled. Action in case
of gas attack should be practised. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade
Major 21st Infantry Brigade 11th July 1915
ATTACK
MESSAGES 1. Messages giving information of an attack
on the 7th Division front will consist of "S.O.S." followed by the
sector against which the attack is being made. Prefix address to,
from, etc. will be omitted e.g. S.O.S. Sector E. 2. The original
message must be sent by the order of an officer but will be transmitted
at all signal stations and offices at once without further order.
The officer or staff to whom the station or office belongs will
be informed to whom the message had been repeated e.g. if the message
comes to a battalion station fro Massachusetts company it will be
at once repeated to all artillery, battalion, company and brigade
stations with whom the battalion has direct communication, and the
copy handed to battalion commander will be endorsed. Repeated to:
- Brigades R.F.A. Brigade, Infantry. Battalions. Companies. Observation
Posts, etc. 3. In larger signal offices such as Infantry Brigades
and the Division when "S.O.S." comes on a circuit all other work
will cease and the superintendent will be responsible that the message
is repeated at once on all other circuits and telephone lines. These
offices will keep a list hung up in a prominent place showing all
offices to whom such a message is transmitted. 4. When this system
is being practised the word "TEST" will be inserted between "S.O.S."
and the sector. 5. All stations and offices will keep a record of
the time when they receive an "S.O.S" message and the times of acknowledgement
of the message by offices and stations to whom they transmit it.
H.NEEDHAM Major General Staff, 7th Division 13-7-15
CIRCULAR MEMORANDUM No.6 15th July 1915
1. In all cases where Artillery fire is asked for
the following will be contained in the message if possible: (a)
Exact position of Infantry who are being shelled (b) Direction from
which hostile fire is coming (c) Whether light, medium or heavy
shell (d) Time NOTE: - It is useful to know when shelling stops
as it may enable the culprits to be definitely located. 2. Night
lines of 61st Howitzer Battery R.F.A. are at present arranged as
follows: - One gun P.14. One gun P.13. One gun Q.15. One section
FERME DU BOIS One gun V.5 3. Gongs for gas alarm are to be in charge
of a sentry in the vicinity of an officer and should not, except
under exceptional circumstances be sounded without an order from
an officer. In the event of an alarm being given it should be taken
up by all gongs in that Brigade, but should not be passed on to
a neighbouring Brigade without a fresh order from an officer. 4.
Communication Trenches will be numbered from right to left as follows:
- No.1 KIRKROO No.2 ROPE No.3 FUNNEL No.4 PIPE No.5 FRYS No.6 CADBURYS
No.7 EMBANKMENT No.8 PALL MALL No.9 COCKSPUR Battalion Commanders
will arrange to have the correct numbers put on all sign boards.
The name should be left for the present. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade
Operation Order No.20 16 July 1915 Ref Map BETHUNE Combined
Sheet
Operations 1. the Battalion will be relieved at 7
pm tomorrow by 2nd Scots Guards who will take over all posts, guards
& road patrols found by this Battalion. Guides 2. One guide for
each post will be at Battalion H.Q. at 4 p.m. tomorrow. Billets
3. (a) After relief has taken place the Battalion will march to
the billets now occupied by 1st Grenadier Guards P.24 and Q.19.
(b) Billeting parties will meet the Quarter Master at the road junction
Q.19 a at 3 p m tomorrow. Transport 4. (a) the Transport will march
at 5 p.m. under 2 Lieut W.E.Figgis (b) 2 Lieut W E Figgis
will be in charge of whole of the 1st line transport 21 Inf Bde
for this march. Reports 5. Completion of reliefs will be reported
by O.C. Companies concerned to Co at present H.Q. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant 2 Bedf.R.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.66 Reference
BETHUNE 1/40,000 map. 16th July 1915.
1. The following reliefs by the 20th Infantry Brigade
will take place during the night 17th/18th July. The 1st Grenadier
Guards will relieve the 2nd Bn Yorkshire Regiment. The 2nd Gordon
Highlanders will relieve the 2nd Bn Royal Scots Fusiliers and right
company of the 1/4th Cameron Highrs. Half Battalion 6th Gordon Highlanders
will relieve the remainder of the 1/4th Cameron Highlanders. The
2nd Scots Guards will relieve the 2nd Bn Bedfordshire Regiment at
7 p.m. and take over all posts, guards, and road patrols found by
that Battalion. 2. One guide per Company and one per Machine Gun
Section to lead relieving units to Battalion Headquarters will report
to the Brigade Major at 8 p.m. at Brigade Headquarters. 3. Details
as to relief will be arranged direct between Commanding Officers
concerned. 4. The Highland Field Coy R.E. and No.10 Trench Mortar
Battery will not accompany the Brigade. 5. Battalions will take
over billets direct from relieving units as follows: - 2nd Bn Bedfordshire
Regt from 1st Grenadier Guards P.24. & Q.19. 1/4th Cameron Highrs.
from 6th Gordon Highrs. Q.14.b. and d. 2nd Bn Yorkshire Regt. from
2nd Border Regt. R.18.a. and c. 2nd Bn Royal Scots Fus. from 2nd
Gordon Highrs. R.19.a, b and e. 2nd Bn.Wiltshire Regt fro m2nd Scots
Guards Q.8. and Q.14.a. Grenade School will be billeted in the North
End of QUENTIN Q.16 and mill move there at 5 p.m. As soon as relieved
Battalions will march independently as Battalions, to their billets.
6. Completion of relief will be reported to Brigade Headquarters
which will be at VIEILLE CHAPELLE until relief is complete at which
hour it will move to [blank] 7. Transport will march at 5 p.m. under
an officer to be detailed by the Officer Commanding 2nd Bn Bedfordshire
Regt. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Brigade.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
No further Test "S.O.S." messages are to be sent unless
specially ordered by the Division. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade 19th July 1915
Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regiment
1. Transport Bedfordshire Regiment Wiltshire Regiment
R.26.c. Yorkshire Regiment Opposite H.Q.house in LES HUITS MAISONS
Cameron Highlanders R.32.b. R.S.Fusiliers R/26/a/ 2. Ammunition
Column R.33.c. 4th Brigade A.C. 3. Sick No advanced aid post. Sick
are sent by tramway to St VAAST post and collected there by motors
and taken to 22nd Field Ambulance in VIEILLE CHAPELLE. H.F.CHADS
Captain Staff Captain 21st Infantry Brigade 22/7/15
OPERATION ORDER No 22 2 Bedf R. 22 July 1915 Ref Map
1/40000 BETHUNE
Operation 1. The Battalion will march to the trenches
today and will take over line held by 1st South Staffordshire R
as follows Front line A Company on right D Company on left C Company
in support B Company in Battn Reserve Order of March 2. D A C B
Companies M Gun Section Companies will be formed up in this order
facing West. Head opposite to entrance of Battalion H Q ready to
march at 2 p m today. The Battalion will halt for teas at R.19.a.b.
The march will be continued about 7 p.m. Grenade Section 3. A &
C Companies sections will join their own companies B Company's section
will be attached to D Company. 2 Sections of Camerons will be attached
to B Company. Bombs [to] be taken over in the trenches. Machine
Guns 4. Special instructions have been issued to M.G.O. Tools &
Ammunition 5. Will be issued at the long halt. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant. 2 Bedf.R.
M.G.O. 2 Bedf R.
Special instructions mentioned in O O No 22 22/7/15.
22 July 1915. 1. You will have 5 guns in the front line to be numbered
& labelled from right to left. No.5 will be one of the Yorks R.Guns.
2. You will move with Battalion to R.19.ab. but will leave there
so as to reach Trainhead M.32.d. at 7.45 p.m. 3. Route ZELOBES (R.27.c.1.5.)
- VIELLE CHAPELLE - Cross roads R.28.d. - Road junction R.36.c.0.1
- CROIX BARBEE Train head M.32.d.7.8. BY orderly 9.50 A M C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant 2 Bedf
R.
To O C Companies Sender's Number B d 65 Day of Month
22 July 15.
1. Officers Kits to be ready at 12 noon when cart
will collect starting from A Company. 2. Dinners to be at 12 noon.
3. Trench Fatigues A & D Coys. Front line C Company between Front
line & Reserve. B Co.Carry rations from Train head to remainder
of Battalion. C.C.Foss [Charles
Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant. 2 Bedf.R.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt
Defensive arrangements for 21st Infantry Brigade
Area will be as follows: - COPSE POST. A permanent garrison of 20.
ORCHARD KEEP. A permanent garrison of 1 Officer & 50 men. BOLEHILL
KEEP. A permanent garrison of 25 men as soon as complete. EDWARD
POST. A permanent garrison of 1 Officer & 50 men. HENS' POST. The
Officer i/c EDWARD POST will be responsible for keeping this work
in good repair. In the event of attack it will be occupied by 1
Officer and 50 men from the work at CROIX BARBEE. LANSDOWN POST.
To be occupied by one Battalion which will also furnish the garrison
of EDWARD POST. In the event of attack this Battalion will leave
2 Officers and 100 men to occupy the work, the remainder being available
for local counter attack. CROIX BARBEE. Permanent garrison of 250
men. This detachment will provide the garrison for HENS' POST (1
Officer and 50 men) in the event of attack. 2. Ammunition up to
300 rounds per man, water and supplies for one day, and sandbags
will be maintained as a reserve in each of these posts. The above
are only to be used in emergency. 3. The permanent garrisons as
indicated in para 1 will occupy and hold these posts. They will
not be used for counter attacks. 4. Counter attacks will be carried
out by the Battalion in LANSDOWNE POST and the Battalion in Brigade
Reserve. All Officer [sic] will reconnoitre the ground with a view
to counter attack. 5. Communication Trenches will be named not numbered.
Circular Memorandum No.6 para 4 dated 15th July 1915 is cancelled.
6. Grass will be kept cut for a distance of 60 yards in front of
all trenches and posts. 7. MEASURES FOR IMMEDIATE ADOPTION BY BATTALION
GRENADE OFFICERS. (a) 4 men per section to be armed with Rifle Grenades.
The remainder with other serviceable Patterns, (W.D., Hales, Mills,
Friction). (b) A supply of Gas Pipe Bombs to be in each Traverse.
(c) A daily inspection of all bombs to be held. GEORGE CROSSMAN
Captain. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 22nd July 1915
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
In the area at present occupied by the 7th Division,
the following bridges over the R.LAWE exist in addition to those
shown on the BETHUNE Combined Sheet 1/40,000. (1) Footbridge over
the lock at R.21.d.7.3. For Infantry in single file only. (2) Footbridge
for Infantry in file at R.28.a.3.2. A track leads to this bridge
from the road junction R.27.d.6.5. and continues across the R.LAWE
joining up with the track in R.28.a. (3) Trestle bridge for all
arms at X.3.a.4.6. A good road not shown on map, joins this bridge
with the LOCON - LESTREM Road at R.32.d.1.5. A road leads from this
bridge to the road junction X.3.s.3.1. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade 25th July 1915.
To O C Companies & M.G.O. Sender's Number B d 23 Day
of Month 27 July Ref attached S 106 Para 1
A C & D Companies will reconnoitre their parapets
today and get to work as soon as possible this evening. Para 2.
the platoon of A C & D Cos in support trench will commence this
work from front to rear but O C Coys will first be sure the support
trench is also a fire trench. Para 4 & 5 M.G.O. will work under
instructions of Bde M.G.O. Para 6 O.C. B Co will arrange for this.
Para 7 O.C. Companies will report daily by 2 p.m. in same form required
by Bde. C.C.Foss [Charles
Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjt 2 Bedf.R.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
S.106
The following measures are necessary on our present
line: - 1. The parapet is to be thickened so as to withstand bombardment
by shells of heavy calibre. Whenever possible, this work is to be
carried out by working in front of the parapet at night. A borrow
pit of not less than 22 feet from the crest of the parapet, of broad
but shallow type, is to be made, and the earth thus excavated used
to thicken the parapet. The borrow pit, so made, is to be filled
with low wire entanglement which will be out of sight of the enemy.
Where it is not possible to work in front of the parapet the earth
for thickening the parapet must be obtained from the rear in this
case the wire obstacles in front of the parapet are to be increased.
The work is to be completed by 2nd August. 2. All communication
trenches are to be made capable of being used as fire trenches.
The work should be commenced by making banquettes for small parties
of men here and there in the trench, and on each side alternately.
The trench should be widened as little as possible at these firing
places. A good plan is, if necessary, to cut a shallow recess in
the trench wall, to hold four or five men, and to place in this
recess, as a banquette, a wooden bench. 3. As soon as the "keeps"
now being constructed behind our "support line" are finished, the
wire protecting that line is to be opened up in gaps between the
keeps so as to admit of counter attack by our reserves. These gaps
will be selected by the Brigadier General. 4. Bomb proof shelters
for machine guns and their teams are to be made at suitable places
in rear of the foremost line. The object of these shelters is to
enable the machine gun detachments and the gun itself to remain
safe during the hostile bombardment, and yet to be near enough to
get up to their firing emplacements or positions in time to repel
the hostile infantry assault. These shelters must be sited fairly
close to the firing line. Sometimes they can be placed opening out
of communication trenches. The Brigade Machine Gun Officer will
supervise this work. 5. Machine gun firing emplacements and positions
must be made to enfilade both the front and support lines of trenches.
In every case these emplacements and positions must be adequately
protected by wire. Alternative positions are essential. The Brigade
Machine Gun Officer will supervise this work. 6. Wherever any communicating
or other trenches connecting with "keeps" "defended posts" or "support
trenches" admit of an enemy getting up to such positions under cover,
care must be taken that traverses are removed and the communicating
or other trench opened out, to allow of fire being brought to bear
on such trench from such "keep", "defended post" or "support trench",
for a distance of 40 yards, that is to say well outside bombing
distance. 7. Battalion commanders will report daily by 4 p.m. commencing
on the 28th instant, progress made in the above works (using the
attached form) for 24 hours ending midday. 26th July 1915 George
Crossman Captain Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade
SECRET A.4243.1. Headquarters 1st Corps 1st Corps 2624/47
1. 100 men are required at once from your Corps for
duty with gas companies, to assist the chemists who have been specially
enlisted for dealing with asphyxiating gases. 2. Intelligent men
with experience in trench warfare, who volunteer for the work, should
be selected from Regular and Service Battalions. 3. A knowledge
of chemistry or a scientific training would be an advantage, but
neither is essential. Great care should be taken to select suitable
men, as the work required of them is of a very responsible nature.
4. These men will be transferred to the R.E. and given the rank
of Corporal with pay at the rate of 2/6d a day with 6d a day Engineer
pay. 5. The selected men should be sent at once to report to the
Adjutant of the Gas Depot at HELFAUT, and their departure notified
by wire to this office, and a nominal roll forwarded as early as
possible. Sd B H COOKE Col.A.A.G. for Adjutant General British
Army in the Field G.H.Q. 26-7-15
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
The Brigade will furnish 11 men for this work. Please
forward by noon 28th the names of suitable men who volunteer for
this duty. The final selection will be made by the Brigadier and
the party will rendezvous at Square in FOSSE Village at 10 a.m.
on 29th instant. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major 21st
Infantry Brigade 27th July 1915
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
As R E supervision will not in all cases be available,
Officers are to be sent down beforehand to arrange how the work
is to be carried out. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major
21st Infantry Brigade 27th July 1915
DETAIL OF WORK
[table as follows: PARTY - TOOLS - ROUTE - RENDEZVOUS
- ARRIVAL - CEASE WORK - DETAIL OF WORK] R.S.F. 50 - 50 shovels
15 picks - FACTORY - Support Trench at top of BOND St. - 9.30 p.m.
- 1.30 a.m. - Thicken parapet of Front trench. Report as to possibility
of work must be awaited from the R.E. at Rendezvous 50 - 50 shovels
15 picks - LANSDOWNE - Wilts H.Q. - 9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m. - Thicken
parapet of Front trench. Report as to possibility of work must be
awaited from the R.E. at Rendezvous 50 - as required - To straighten
LANSDOWNE for 40 yards from entrance to post to prevent bomb attack
Yorkshire 100 - 100 shovels 20 picks - FACTORY - Bedford H.Q. -
9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m. Prepare support trench as fire trench 20 -
20 shovels 5 picks - FACTORY - Bedford H.Q. - 9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m.
- Prepare BOND St with firing recesses to fire both ways. 100 -
100 shovels 20 picks - ORCHARD - Wilts H.Q. - 9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m.
- Prepare support trench as fire trench 40 - 40 shovels 10 picks
- ORCHARD - Wilts H.Q. - 9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m. - Prepare MOLE ST
to fire to left Recesses. Prepare HAZARA to fire to right Recesses
Camerons 100 - 100 shovels 20 picks - 9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m. - Prepare
FACTORY to fire both ways, commencing work at forward end. 100 -
100 shovels 20 picks - 9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m. - Prepare ORCHARD to
fire to the right. Work to commence at forward end. Bedfords and
Wilts will assist parties thickening front parapet and employ all
available men in carrying out Para 6. of B.M. letter S.106. These
Bns will also provide guides for the R.S.F. and Yorkshire working
parties and for these parties to be shewn their work. GEORGE
CROSSMAN Capt B M July 27th 1915.
R.S.Fus 50 - 50 shovels 15 picks - FACTORY - Support
trench at top of BOND St. - 9.30 p.m. - 1.30 a.m. - Thicken parapet
of front Trench 50 - 50 shovels 15 picks - LANSDOWNE - Wilts - 7-30
p.m. - 12-30 p.m. - Thicken parapet of front trench Yorkshires 100
- 100 shovels 20 picks from EDWARD POST - FACTORY - Bedford H.Q.
- 7-30 p.m. - 1-30 a.m. - Prepare support trench as fire Trench
100 - 100 shovels 20 picks from LANSDOWNE POST - ORCHARD - Wilts
H.Q. - 9-30 p.m. - 1-30 a.m. - Prepare support trench as fire Trench
Camerons Will complete work in FACTORY and ORCHARD trenches during
the day tomorrow GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major 21st
I.Bde. 28th July 1915
2 Bedf.R.OPERATION ORDER No.22 Ref special Trench plan
30 July 1915
Operation 1. the 21 Inf Bde & 22 Inf Bde will rearrange
their fronts tonight so that point of junction is BOND Street (inclusive
to 21 Inf.Bde.) Detail 2.(a) A Company will hand over the trench
to the right of BOND Street to 1st South Staffordshire Rgt at 9
p m tonight. The Staffords will approach via PALL MALL. (b) The
line held by the Battalion will be rearranged as follows. A Company
will hold from BOND Street inclusive to VINE Street exclusive. C
Company from VINE Street inclusive to COPSE inclusive D Company
from COPSE exclusive to present left. The above refer to Fire trench
and support trench. (c) No.1 Machine Gun when relieved will take
up a position in NEW GUARD Trench between BOND and VINE Streets.
Report 3. O.C.Companies M.G.O. will report when rearrangement is
complete. C.C.Foss [Charles
Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant 2 Bedf. R
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
1. The following instructions refer to airships only
and not hostile aeroplanes or captive balloons. 2. Messages should
be addressed "ZEPPELINS". 3. Information in all cases should be
sent, as far as possible, in the following form: - Zeppelin moving
(direction by compass or towards.. ) over (place) at (time). From
(...). NOTE: - If map squares are referred to, the number of the
sheet must be given as well as the number of the square, but it
may often be quicker to indicate the position of the airship by
reference to some large town or other important locality. GEORGE
CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade 28 July
1915.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.68 30th July
1915
1. The 21st Infantry Brigade and 22nd Infantry Brigade
will to-night rearrange their fronts so that the point of junction
is BOND STREET (inclusive to 21st Infantry Brigade). 2. The 2nd
Bn.Bedfordshire Regiment will hand over the trench to the right
of BOND STREET to the 1st South Staffordshire Regiment. Details
to be arranged directed [sic][ between the Commanding Officers of
those Battalions. 3. Completion of relief to be reported to Brigade
Head-Quarters. GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major, 21st
Infantry Brigade
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO.69 Reference
1/40,000 Combined BETHUNE Map. 30th July 1915.
1. The Brigade will be relieved on the night of August
1st/2nd by the SIRHIND Brigade. 2. The Commanding Officers and Company
Commanders of relieving Battalions will be at ST VAAST Post at 10
a.m. on August 1st, where guides from the Bedfordshire Regiment
and Wiltshire Regiment will meet them. All details as to the relief
will be arranged direct between Commanding Officers concerned. 3.
All reserve ammunition, bombs (both on the men and in reserve),
gongs, fire boxes and other trench stores will be handed over. 4.
One guide per platoon and one Officer per Battalion will meet relieving
troops at ST VAAST Post as follows: 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regiment
8-45 p.m. 2nd Bn.Wiltshire Regiment 9-15 p.m. 2nd Bn.Royal Scots
Fusiliers 9-30 p.m. (one guide only) 5. FACTORY and ORCHARD trenches
are allotted to the 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regiment for the relief.
LANSDOWNE CRESCENT and PIONEER trenches to the 2nd Bn.Wiltshire
Regiment. The Officer Commanding 2nd Bn Bedfordshire Regiment. will
arrange that troops using ORCHARD move in rear of the 2nd Bn.Wiltshire
Regiment Headquarters. 6. No 11 Trench Mortar Battery will on relief
report to Headquarters GARHWAL Brigade at M.3.d.6.1. 7. Arrangements
for relief of Machine Guns will be made between Brigade machine
Gun Officers direct. Relief to be complete and Machine Guns clear
of RUE DU BOIS by 9-15 p.m. 8. Troops will move to Billets in accordance
with attached March Table. 9. Completion of relief will be reported
to Brigade Headquarters which will remain in its present position
until relief is complete at which hour it will move to V.18.a.5.4.
GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade
2 Bedf.R. OPERATION ORDER No.23 Ref.1/40000 BETHUNE
Combined Sheet 31st July 1915.
Operation. 1. a. The Battalion will be relieved on
the night of the 1/2 August 1915 by a Battalion of the SIRHIND Brigade.
b. After relief the Battalion will march to billets near BELLERIVE
Relief 2. a. Company Commanders of relieving Battalion will be at
Battalion H.Q. at 10.30 A M tomorrow. b. One guide per platoon will
meet relieving Battalion at ST VAAST POST at 8.45 p.m. tomorrow.
O.C. B Company will detail an officer to supervise these guides.
c. Relief for A & B Companies will use FACTORY and BOND STREET in
and VINE STREET out FACTORY out. relief for C & D Companies will
use ORCHARD and HAZARA in; COPSE and ORCHARD out. d. All reserve
ammunition, bombs, gongs, fire boxes etc will be handed over. Lists
to be made out in duplicate & signed by both O C Companies. e. Shovels
& picks will [be] brought out. Machine Guns. 3. Special instructions
have been issued to M Gun officer. Rendezvous 4. The Battalion will
rendezvous after relief at road junction S.3.a. Route 5. RICHEBOORG
[sic] ST VAAST - Cross roads in R.26.d - VIELLE CHAPELLE - Cross
roads R.20.c. - LE CORNET MALO - RIEZ DU VINAGE - PONT LEVIS in
Q 32 a thence to BELLERIVE Billets. Transport. 6. (a). Transport
(less 4 S A A carts, 2 tool carts, and Cookers) will march at 5
p.m. b/ S A A carts & tool carts to be at road junction S 3 a at
10 p.m. c/ Cookers will join Battalion at road junction R 25 b.
Breakfasts. 7. On road near R.25.b. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO] Captain Adjutant. 2 Bedf.R.
To Bedfords
Sender's Number Bde 45 Day of Month 31 In TEST S O
S messages the word TEST will invariably precede the remainder of
the message GEORGE CROSSMAN Captain 21st Bde
|
|
August 1915
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
Every unit reporting the passage of a hostile airship
should furnish also the following information: - (a) Name of individual
who saw the airship. (b) Its general appearance. (c) Its estimated
height and speed. (d) Whether any noise of engines was heard. (e)
Whether any signal lights were fired. The telegraphic report is
not to be delayed for inclusion of this information, which should
be transmitted by letter to the nearest Squadron R.F.C. with least
possible delay. GEORGE CROSS, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st
Infantry Brigade 1st August 1915
1st Corps
The following extract from the translation of a memorandum
by the French General Headquarters is forwarded for your information:
- "During a recent attack the Germans
created three 'barrages' on a front of about 3 kilometres by means
of asphyxiating fumes from shells. 1st on front line. 2nd about
the line of Battn. 'Command Posts'. 3rd on the reserves. These 'barrages'
were maintained by a systematic fire. the enemy organised the 'barrages'
so as to leave lanes free, through which his own troops could attack.
The results of the bombardment were as follows: - (a) Destruction
of telephone lines and consequent prevention of the exercise of
command. (b) Impossibility of maintaining communication by liaison
agents, as they could not cross the 'barrages'. (c) The effect produced
by the action of the gas" R.BUTLER, Major General,
General Staff, 1st Army. 2nd August 1915
SECRET D.G.M.S. G.H.Q. No.1 280/2(a) 4.8.15. 1st Army
No.1324/21/A.Q. 1st Army
In continuation of my D.G. 280/2/A of 16th July, 1915,
on the subject of special helmets. Experiments have now proved these
to be satisfactory and they will be issued to supplement the present
smoke helmets as supplies become available. As the rate of production
is restricted, the earliest issues will be to machine gunners only,
on indent through Divisional Ordnance Officers, but all troops will
be supplied when the output is sufficiently increased, so as to
enable each man to have one of the present and one of the new type
of helmet available on his person. Indents should, for the present,
however, be strictly confined to the requirements of machine gunners.
B.W.CHILDS, Colonel A.A.G. for Adjutant General 3/8/15.
SECRET Headquarters 21st Infantry Brigade
Now that we know what to expect we should be able
to guard against this type of bombardment: - (a) By digging in and
laddering our wires. (b) By ascertaining by observation, the position
of the lanes (c) By use of gas helmets and respirators F.GATHORNE
HARDY, Lt.Colonel, General Staff, 7th Division. 4th August,
1915
SECRET A.G's No.D/9. Headquarters First Army
With reference to my circular letter No. D/5 dated
21.7.15, Major Norton-Griffiths will visit various units which have
submitted names of men desirous of being transferred to Tunnelling
Companies in order to select the most suitable men. I should be
glad if every facility could be given to Major Norton-Griffiths
to carry out this duty. B.H.COOKE, Colonel, A.A.G. for Adjutant
General, British Army in the Field 5.8.15.
1st Army No.C/247 Headquarters 1st Corps
Forwarded with reference to my No.C/247 dated 23rd
July 1915. Every facility should be afforded to Major Norton-Griffiths
to carry out the above duty. P.E.F.HOBBS, Major general,
D.A. & Q.M.G.
First Army 6.8.15. 7th Division
The following instructions are issued in order that
the training of troops in reserve may be impeded as little as possible,
and in order to define more clearly what is required when troops
are detailed to be in readiness to move within a given period of
notice. 2. The essential point to be remembered is that a portion
at any rate of the troops in question must be ready to march off
within the period named, & that the remainder are to follow at the
earliest possible opportunity. For example a brigade is detailed
as divisional or Corps reserve and ordered to be in readiness to
move at two hours notice. One Battalion of the Brigade should be
"On Duty", of which one Company should be kept at a greater degree
of readiness than the remainder. The company should be ready to
march off very soon after being called upon. The remainder of the
Battalion should be ready to take the road well within the two hours
allotted. the remainder of the brigade will not be kept back from
its training or usual routine, in order to move exactly within the
period of notice laid down, but must, when preparing its daily programme,
pay due regard to the length of that period and be prepared to assemble
and follow the battalion on duty without delay. If necessary, parties
will be left behind to pack the baggage wagons and bring them after
the units to which they belong. 3. When the period of notice is
in minutes only, training will, if necessary, be suspended & the
men kept within a radius which will allow of the unit marching off
before the expiration of the period laid down. 4. The expression
"Short Notice" means that the wagons are to be packed, horses harnessed
but not hooked on, and the men assembled in their billets ready
to put on their equipment and fall in at once. At night blanket
wagons may be unpacked unless otherwise ordered, parties to pack
them being detailed beforehand as in para.2 and horses will be unharnessed.
5. When the troops in reserve are billeted in depth or in scattered
billets, and orders are received for the to turn out and to proceed
to a given rendezvous, Battalions & even companies should be directed
to move off independently to the rendezvous named, an officer being
sent ahead to organise the formation or unit as the troops arrive.
S.E.HOLLAND, Major for Brig.Genl. General Staff, 1st Corps.
Brigade in Reserve has one Bn. on duty of which one Coy. will be
at "Short Notice".
SECRET Bedfords
The Secret Service report that in a certain number
of British units, boys and young men, below military age, who pretend
to be refugees are being fed and are allowed to remain in the billets
of the unit. It is reported from other sources that in certain cases
these children are German Agents. Please submit a list of all children
or youths under military age who are with your unit and detain them
until they have been examined by Secret Service Agents. R.S.RYAN,
Captain, for Lieut.Colonel, General Staff, 7th Division 9th
August, 1915
There is a family consisting of an elderly couple
and their daughter (about 20) who say they are refugees from Neuve
Chapelle. J... O.C. "D" Coy. Can you now inform me if there are
any of these in your billets, please. J.W.Hurrell [John
William HURRELL, MC], Capt. Adjt. 2/Bedf.R. 10.8.15
To the Adjutant
In No.10 platoon billets there is one young about
18 & one old man who are refugees. T.V.PEARSON, 2nd Lieut.
O.C. 9 Platoon.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO. 70 14th August
1915. Reference 1:40,000 Map, BETHUNE.
1. During the night of August 16th/17th the 21st
Infantry Brigade will relieve the 26th Infantry Brigade in C Section
of the Trench Line. Battalions will move in accordance with March
Table attached. 2. The 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers will relieve
the 8th Black watch in C.1. The 1/4th Cameron Highlanders will relieve
the 8th Gordon Highlanders in C.2. The 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment
will relieve the 7th Seaforth Highlanders in C.3. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire
Regiment will relieve the 5th Cameron Highlanders in Brigade reserve.
The 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment will be in reserve at ESTAMINET
CORNER. 3. Guides will meet Battalions as follows: - Royal Scots
Fusiliers. Battalion guide at West End of Tuning Fork F.4.b.4.2.
at 7.50 p.m. and platoon guides at ESTAMINET CORNER F.6.c.3.9 at
8.10 p.m. 1/4th Cameron Highrs. Platoon guides at CROSS ROADS S.25.d.3.5.
at 8.10 p.m. 2nd Yorkshire Regiment. Platoon guides at Road Junction
S.25.b.6.8 at 8.15 p.m. 2nd Wiltshire Regiment. Platoon guides at
X.24.a.9.5. at 8.30 p.m. 4. Machine Guns will be relieved under
arrangements to be made direct between Brigade Machine Gun Officers.
5. Details of relief will be arranged direct between Commanding
Officers. 6. All trench stores will be taken over. 7. Completion
of relief will be reported to Brigade Headquarters which will be
at X.28.a.4.8. after 2 p.m. August 16th. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major, 21st. Infantry Brigade.
Issued to Signal Section at 11.45 a.m. 15/8/15. MARCH
TABLE TO REST AREAS
[unit - starting point - time - route] 2nd Royal
Scots Fus. - W.1.a.5.6. - 8 a.m. - HINGES - PONT LEVIS - W.11.a.
- Road Junction W.6.d. to LOCON - PONT TOURNANT road X.7.d. 2nd
Yorkshire Regt. - GONNEHEM V.18.a.3.7. - 8 a.m. - LANNOY - HINGES
- AVELETTE to road running S.E. through X.13.a and b and canoed
X.13.c. 1/4th Cameron Highrs. - BUSNETTES - 8 a.m. - GONNEHEM -
HINGES - AVELETTE to road running S.E. through X.13.c. 2nd Bedfordshire
Regt. - Road Junction W.14.b.2.7. - 9 a.m. - HINGES - AVELETTE to
E. bank of Canal W.17.b.3.1. to W.17.d.3.1. 2nd Wiltshire Regt.
- Road Junction W.8.d.8.2. - 9.30 a.m. - HINGES - PONT LEVIS W.11.a.
to E. Bank of Canal X.11.c. and d. Grenade School - Billets - 9.30
a.m. - HINGES to E Bank of Canal North of PONT LEVIS W.11.a. NOTES
1. All roads near Rest Areas will [be] kept clear. 14th August 1915
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
SECRET. To: 2nd Bedfordshire Regt. Sender's Number.
S.C.311 Day of Month. 14th
When Seventh Division goes into action the positions
of Artillery Brigade Ammunition Columns will be as under 14th Bde.
R.H.A. X.14.c.6.3. Supplies Infantry Brigade holding right of 7th
Div. front. 22nd Bde. R.F.A. R.32.d.3.3. Supplies Infantry Brigade
holding left of 7th Div. front. 35th Bde. R.F.A. X.8.a.9.2. Supplies
Infantry Brigade in reserve. 37th Bde. R.F.A. X.14.a. Does not carry
S.A.A. 7th Div. Amm. Col. RIEZ-du-VINAGE carries &[sic] grenades
and bombs and will on demand send up Grenades and bombs to artillery
Bde. Ammn. Cols. whence they can be drawn by units, but no artillery
transport is available for these articles. From: 21st Brigade H.F.
CHADS, Captain, S.C. 21st Infy. Bde.
AFTER OPERATION ORDER NO. 70 15th August, 1915.
The Battalion in Brigade reserve will find the following
garrisons: - LE PLANTIN E. 1 Platoon. FESTUBERT E. 1 Platoon. LE
CAILLOUX Posts. (When constructed) 1 Platoon. The Battalion at ESTAMINET
CORNER will find the following posts in the "Village Line". LE PLANTIN
40 men. FESTUBERT 40 men. RUE DE CAILLOUX 20 men. These posts will
be occupied on the night of August 16th/17th and a report rendered
on 17th by noon as to their condition and whether they have reserve
ammunition, rations, water, etc. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
ATTACHMENT.
The 8th Bn. Devonshire Regiment will be attached
to the Brigade as follows: - 16th August. One Company to Royal Scots
Fusiliers. To be met at LOCON Cross Roads at 11 a.m. 17th August.
Battalion Signallers (1 Officer & 17 Other ranks) will reach Brigade
Headquarters at 2 p.m. and will be distributed amongst Battalions
by the Brigade Signal Officer. M.G. Officers (5) and 34 Machine
Gunners reach Brigade Headquarters at 8 p.m. and will be distributed
amongst Battalions by the Brigade Machine Gun Officer. 18th August.
One Company will reach Brigade Headquarters at 8 p.m. and will be
attached to the 2nd Yorkshire Regiment who will send guides to meet
it. Battalion Scouts (1 Officer and 17 men) reach Brigade Headquarters
8 p.m. and will be attached to Royal Scots Fusiliers. 20th August.
One Company will reach Brigade Headquarters at 8 p.m. and be attached
to Royal Scots Fusiliers. 21st August. One Company will reach Brigade
Headquarters at 8 p.m. and be attached to 2nd Yorkshire Regiment.
NOTES 1. All parties will remain in the Trenches 48 hours. 2. The
Brigadier does not wish Companies employed as whole units. He wishes
them split up by platoons and sections. 3. Every effort is to be
made to afford as much instruction as possible while parties are
in the trenches. 4. The necessary guides will be sent to Brigade
Headquarters to meet all parties at the hours named. GEORGE CROSSMAN,
Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 15th August,
1915.
PART 2 ORDERS.
1. TRANSPORT. Bedfords. GORRE CHATEAU Wilts. Weeds
to be kept clear. Yorks. Take over from 8th Gordons at LE HAMEL.
R.S.F. Camerons. In field vacated by 60th R.E. at LE HAMEL 2. MEDICAL.
Dressing Station at MARAIS, near FESTUBERT CH. and LE PLANTIN. Indian
Village. 3. AMMN. Col. 14th Bde. R.H.A. X.14.c.6.3. 7th Div. Amm.
Col. at RIEZ du VINAGE carries bombs and grenades and will on demand
send them to Arty. Bde. Amm. Col. whence they can be drawn by units,
but no Artillery transport is available for these. H.F. CHADS,
Captain, Staff Captain, 21st Infantry Brigade. 15/8/15.
URGENT To: Bedfords.
Sender's Number. B.M. 50 Day of Month. AAA The Brigade
will move at 8 a.m. 16th inst and bivouac in vicinity of LES CHOQUAUX
taking over trenches from 26th Brigade that night AAA You will (No
troops in occupation) be in ESTAMINET CORNER AAA Guides to meet
Commanding Officers will be at 26th Bde H.Q. X 28 a 4.7 at 9.30
a.m. 16th Inst and to meet Company officers at 2 p.m. Same date
AAA Some machine guns will be in reserve. Please acknowledge. Estaminet
Corner is at F 6 c 3.8 From: 21st Bde. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Capt.
B.M. 2/Bedf. R.
Operation Order No. 24. Ref. Map BETHUNE 1/40,000 15th
August 1915
OPERATION. 1. the battalion will march into reserve
trenches to-morrow the 16th inst at ESTAMINET CORNER F.6.c.3.8.
ORDER OF MARCH. 2. A, B, C, D. companies. The head of A Company
to be at the starting point road junction W.7.c. at 8.20 a.m. ROUTE.
3. LANNOY road junction W.14.b.2.7. - HINGES - AVELETTE to E. bank
of Canal W.17.b.3.1. - LES CHOQUAUX - LES GLATIGNIES - LE HAMEL
- GORRE - ESTAMINET CORNER. The Battalion will halt about 10 a.m.
on the canal bank W.17.b.3.1. moving off again at 7.45 p.m. Dinners
and teas will be had during this halt. TRANSPORT. 4. The transport
will follow in rear of the battalion. Officers kit will be ready
by 7 a.m. J.W.Hurrell [John William HURRELL, MC],
Captain, A/Adjutant 2/Bedf. R.
TO: O.C. Companies
The 2 Bedf. R. is "On Duty" to-day, B Coy. is detailed
as the Company "On Duty" in the battalion. This Company, therefore,
will not leave the battalion billeting area to-day. J.W. Hurrell
[John William HURRELL, MC], Capt. A/Adjt. 2/Bedf.R.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
The following are being used as alarm signals by Indian
and 4th Corps. Indian Corps: - (I) "Enemy's Infantry attacking"
- Green rocket followed immediately by white, repeated once after
half minute interval. (II) "Heavy artillery or Trench Mortar bombardment
of our trenches" - Green rocket followed immediately by red - repeated
as above. 4th Corps: - On the defensive no rockets or flare signals
will be used. Occasionally, however, they may be fired solely with
the object of misleading the enemy. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 16th August, 1915.
SECRET 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE DEFENCE SCHEME.
The following instructions are issued as a temporary
measure. 1. The front line will be held at all costs. 2. If the
front of the Brigade is attacked the Battalion in Brigade Reserve
will at once occupy the trench from S.21.c.9.6 to S.27.a.6.9 with
two Companies who will be available to counter attack any where
on the left. This Battalion will also occupy SHETLAND Road, with
one Coy. 3. The two Companies in Reserve in C.2 will be prepared
to counter attack or reinforce as required. 4. The Battalion in
C.1 will at once increase the garrison of GOLDNEYS Keep to one Platoon
and occupy BARNETON Road from the reserve Company. 5. If the enemy
effects a lodgement in any part of our line he will be bombed out
at once by bombers working in from both flanks. GEORGE CROSSMAN,
Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade 17th August 1915
19th August, 1915 2/Bedf. R. Operation Order No. 25
Ref. Map BETHUNE 1/40,000 [marked "CANCELLED"]
OPERATION. 1. The Battalion will take up new dispositions
as follows: - "D" Company will evacuate TUNING FORK E. and hold
FESTUBERT E. (1/2 Company less, 2 sections), LE PLANTIN (1 Platoon),
LE PLANTINE (1 Platoon), CAILLOUX POST (2 Sections). the above posts
with the exception of LE PLANTIN will be taken over from the 2nd
Wiltshire Regiment at 7.30 p.m. to-night. "C" Company will relieve
"D" Company's Post (1 N.C.O. 6 men) at cross-roads GORRE at 5.30
p.m. and the Guard at WELSH CHAPEL at 6.30 p.m. A and B Companies
and the remainder of C. will march independently into billets on
the TUNING FORK, F.4.b. F.5.a.b. at 7.45 p.m. to-night. TRANSPORT.
2. One wagon to be at Bn. Hd.Wrs. F.6.b. at 7.30 p.m. to-night.
TRENCH STORES. Trench Stores, bombs, ammunition, etc. will remain
on charge of battalion, and guards left over them J.W.Hurrell
[John William HURRELL, MC], Capt. A/Adjt. 2/Bedf. R.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
Herewith 2 copies of "Tracing of enemy works recently
noticed" and mentioned in 1st Corps Intelligence Summary dated 11th
August 1915. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st
Infantry Brigade 19th August, 1915.
DEFENCE SCHEME FOR SECTION "Y"
1. Section "Y" is divided into four sub-sections
each of which is normally held by one Battalion: - "Y.1" From Point
"A.1" (inclusive) to Vermelles - Hulluch Road (exclusive). "Y.2"
From Hulluch Road (inclusive) to Boyau 18 (inclusive). "Y.3" From
Boyau 17 (exclusive) to Boyau L.1. (exclusive) "Y.4" From Boyau
L.1 (inclusive) to Boyau N.1 (inclusive). 2. One reserve Battalion
is in Vermelles and one in Noyelles. 3. The front line is to be
held at all costs. If any part of the line should be temporarily
captured, the remainder will hold on and will assist in its recapture
by bombing down trenches and the local reserves will at once counter-attack.
A counter-attack made instantly even with a small force is likely
to be easier than a much stronger attack made later when the enemy
has had time to establish himself. 4. The signal message sent out
to signify that the enemy is attacking will be "S.O.S.Y" or "S.O.S.Y.1"
(Y.2. Y.3. or Y.4.). 5. In case of attack: - (i) Artillery fire
on the enemy's trences will be at once asked for by Company and
Battalion Commanders by the signal "S.O.S" &c. (ii) The O.C. Vermelles
reserve Battalion will send: - One Company to the dug-outs just
short of Le Rutoire Farm. One Company to "Y.2" Headquarters near
the Chapel de Consolation. One Company to sidings on North side
of Hulluch Alley near where it cuts the reserve trench. One Company
to central Keep. these Companies will at once get into touch with
the commanders of Y.1. Y.2. Y.3. and Y.4. respectively and will
be available under the orders of these commanders for counter-attack
or any action that may be necessary. (iii) The Noyelles reserve
Battalion will get under arms and be ready to move to Vermelles
when ordered. 6. In case of attack on Section "X" (the section on
the right of "Y") the O.C. Vermelles Reserve Battalion will send
one company to the dug-outs just short of Le Rutoire Farm to act
under the orders of the Officer Commanding "Y.1". 7. In case of
attack on Section "Z" (the section on the left of "Y") the O.C.
Vermelles reserve Battalion will send one company to the Central
Keep to act under the orders of the Officer Commanding "Y.4.". 8.
In the event of an attack on any portion of "Y" Section. the London
Scottish will at once move their Reserve Company from Vermelles
up to Battalion Headquarters. S.T.LUCEY, Captain, Brigade
Major, 1st Guards Brigade.
H.Q. 1st Gds.Bde. 20th August 1915. 6/Royal Scots Fusiliers
1. The whole of Section "Y" will be temporarily reorganised
tomorrow as under: - There will be four sub-sections instead of
three: - Y.1. No change Garrison 1 Battalion. Y.2. From present
right of Y.2. to Boyau 18 (inclusive). Garrison 1 Battalion. Y.3.
From Boyau 18 (exclusive) to Boyau N.1 (inclusive). Garrison 1 Battalion.
Y.4. From Boyau L.1. (inclusive) to Boyau N.1 (inclusive) Garrison
1 Battalion. Headquarters of Y.4 will be in the Quarry. Section
Z is divided into three Sub-sections Z.C. Z.1. Z.2. 2. Reliefs.
The following reliefs will take place to-morrow: - Black watch will
relieve Scots Guards in Y.1. Leading Platoon of Black Watch will
arrive at LE RUTOIRE Fm at 5 p.m. Black Watch will move up in parties
not larger than 2 Sections at 200 yards interval via Cross Roads
in L.18.c.9.7 - VERMELLES - RUTOIRE ALLEY. Further arrangements
for relief will be made between Commanding Officers. Scots Guards
will billet in NOYELLES. 6th Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers will move
in Y.2. (new) via CHAPEL ALLEY at about 9 p.m. Platoon Guides for
this Battalion will be furnished by London Scottish who will meet
the Royal Scots Fusiliers Platoons at cross roads in L.11.c.8.3.
at 8 p.m. The relief will be from right to left. When the whole
of the 6th Royal Scots Fusiliers have taken over trenches in Y.2.
the London Scottish and Cameron Highlanders will close into their
left and occupy the two new Sub-sections Y.3 and Y.4 respectively.
Officers Commanding these two Sub-sections will reconnoitre their
two new frontages and make any necessary arrangements regarding
the re-adjustment. Transport of the 6th Royal Scots Fusiliers will
billet at Sailly Labourse. After the night of 21st/22nd all reference
on reports &c. will be made in accordance with the new re-organisation
of the line. The 10th Gloucesters will remain in the trenches to-morrow
night, with the Battalions to which they are already attached, except
in the case of the Scots Guards. This company will be attached to
the Black Watch. The following moves will take place on the 22nd.
Detailed instructions will be issued to-morrow: - 1 Battalion of
the 2nd Brigade will relieve the Coldstream Guards in VERMELLES.
1st Coldstream Guards to billets in 2nd Brigade area. 8th Berks
from BETHUNE to relieve the Scots Guards in NOYELLES. Scots Guards
to BETHUNE. 10th Gloucesters will leave the trenches and billets
in BETHUNE. S.T. LUCEY, Captain, Brigade Major, 1st Infantry
Brigade. 20th August 1915
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO. 71 20th August,
1915.
1. During the night of August 21st/22nd the following
reliefs will take place: - The Bedfords will relieve the R.S.F.
in C.1 and part of C.2. The Wilts will relieve the Yorks in C.3
and part of C.2. The Camerons will relieve their two trench Companies
by the two Companies in reserve. 2. All details will be arranged
direct between Commanding Officers concerned. 3. Relief set to commence
before 8 p.m. 4. Completion of relief to be reported. 5. Working
parties will be detailed from the Battalions being relieved GEORGE
CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade
Officer Commanding, 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment.
The tracings forwarded yesterday showing new German
trenches, refer to the new trench map that will shortly be issued.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade
20th August, 1915
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
The following points which were noticed by the Brigadier
on going round the trenches this morning require the attention of
Commanding Officers. 1. Men in the front line were often without
their equipment on. Equipment is to be worn always by men in the
front line. 2. The top of the parapet is to be made irregular. 3.
The sides of the trenches are on no account to be scraped to provide
dry earth to cover up muddy places. 4. The hours of 11-11.30 a.m.
and 1.45-2.15 a.m. are to be "hush" times. 5. Sections of Bombers
must be ready equipped with bags for bombers, shovel, etc. so that
they can turn out quickly when required. 6. All bits of equipment,
old rifles, etc., which may be found must be collected at Battalion
Headquarters from where it will be removed as opportunity offers.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
20th August, 1915.
SEVENTH DIVISIONAL ARTILLERY RETALIATION SCHEME
1. If the front C.1. is shelled. Code word "Retaliate
C.1" (a) "F" Battery R.H.A. retaliates immediately on trenches opposite.
(b) 1 section 58th Battery R.F.A. enfilades RUE D'OUVERT and trenches
West of it S.27.c.9.5. - A.3.b.3.6. 2. If the front C.2. is shelled.
Code word "Retaliate C.2" (a) "T" Battery R.H.A. retaliated as in
1 (a). (b) 1 section "F" Battery R.H.A. enfilades enemy's trenches
in S.27.b. 3. If the South front of C.3. is shelled. Code word "Retaliate
C.3. South" (a) 12th or 25th Battery R.F.A. retaliates as in 1(a).
(b) 1 section "F" Battery R.H.A. fires as in 2(b). 4. If the East
front of C.3. is shelled. Code word "Retaliate C.3. East" (a) 25th
or 58th Battery R.F.A. retaliates as in 1(a). (b) 1 section 105th
Battery R.F.A. enfilades front trench S.22.a.0.3. - S.22.c.3.8.
5. If the front D.1. is shelled. Code word "Retaliate D.1". (a)
106th or 104th Battery R.F.A. retaliates as in 1(a). (b) 1 section
"F" Battery R.H.A. enfilades front trench S.22.a.0.3. - S.22.a.2.6.
6. If the front D.2. is shelled. Code word "Retaliate D.2". (a)
104th or 105th Battery retaliates as in 1(a). (b) 1 section 25th
or 58th Battery R.F.A. opens fire on Fe DU BOIS. 7. Action of 7th
Siege Brigade (a) 7th Siege Brigade is, or will be, connected by
wire to Headquarters of both Infantry Brigades holding the front.
(b) If the intervention of Siege Batteries is considered necessary,
requests for such fire will be made direct from Headquarters of
Infantry Brigades to Headquarters 7th Siege Brigade. (c) If the
Orchard in S.21.d. is shelled from the direction of the DISTILLERY
in S.17. on receipt of a message "retaliate DISTILLERY" one Siege
Battery will shell the DISTILLERY and another Battery will enfilade
the enemy's trenches in S.27.b. (d) If any other case where our
trenches are being shelled, every effort should be made to report
the nature of shell; direction from which they are coming; time
between burst of shell and flashes of guns, if visible. One Siege
Battery will then retaliate on the enemy's trenches opposite the
point of bombardment and another Battery will engage the hostile
guns, if they can be located. (e) If the enemy's guns cannot be
located, a Siege Battery will retaliate on the enemy's trenches
opposite the point of bombardment. 59th Siege Battery zone - from
Right of 7th Div. to ORCHARD. 81st Siege Battery zone - ORCHARD
to Left of 7th Div. 8. SPECIAL TASKS. I addition to the foregoing,
arrangements can be made with No.1 Group H.A.R. through Headquarters
7th Divisional Artillery for further retaliation when required;
and with No.1 Group H.A.R. of 7th Siege Brigade or 37th (How.) Brigade
R.F.A. for deliberate attack by fire on any strong points, observing
stations &c. within the enemy's defences.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
The attached diagrams show the work that it is expected
will be done by the dates mentioned. Where the earth cannot be taken
from in front of the parapet owing to the proximity of the enemy,
it must be taken from a burrow-pit in rear. As it is quite impossible
to supply R.E. supervision for this work, Commanding Officers will
be responsible that it is carried on systematically. It will be
impossible to hold our present line in the winter unless it is above
ground and as we are already behind our schedule time for this work
the Brigadier relies on Commanding Officers to push the work with
the utmost energy. Battalions in the trenches will not be called
upon for working parties, and it should be quite possible to keep
parties of men continuously working on the front parapet during
the night, in addition to the necessary fatigues for wiring and
repairs. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain. Brigade Major, 21st Infantry
Brigade. 21st August, 1915.
1st Relief - Thickening parapet from borrow pit in
front - To be completed by 15th August. 2nd Relief - Raise parapet
1 ft place wooden firing step and floor boards - To be completed
by 30th August. 3rd Relief - Raise parapet 1 ft. and raise wooden
firing step and floor boards wire front borrow pit - To be completed
by 15th September. 4th Relief - Raise parapet and parados 1 ft.
and complete drainage to existing Trenches to the rear borrow pit
- To be completed by 15th October. 5th Relief - Raise parapet and
parados 1ft. ditton No.2 Relief - To be completed by 31st October.
6th Relief - Completing parados by 10th November and subsequently
forming an inspection or command path with second parados revetted
with hurdles The planks and corrugated iron must be placed in position
before the earthing up of the 3rd Relief. The brick course must
be added before the earthing up of the 4th Relief. When suitable
the existing communication trenches will be converted. Passing places
and fire recesses to be provided. Commencing August 10th 100 yards
of each communication trench should be completed each week. Communication
Trench between the support and fire line to be sandbagged and revetted
and raised gradually at the same time as the firing and support
trenches. Fire recesses should be formed by making banquettes for
small parties of men here and there in the trench and on each side
alternately. The trench should be widened as little as possible
at these firing places. A good plan is if necessary to cut a shallow
recess in the trench wall to hold 4 or 5 men and to place in the
recess, as a banquette, a wooden bench.
SECRET Headquarters 1st Army Reference G.H.Q. O.A.2/2.E.
of 17th June
It has been noticed that some of the Chemical Experts,
attached to Armies in connection with the investigation of gases
employed by the Germans, have been given or have assumed the title
"Gas Adviser, Army". As their functions are quite distinct from
those defined for the Gas Adviser appointed at General Headquarters,
the assumption of this title is apt to lead to confusion. Moreover,
for reasons of secrecy, it is essential that the word "Gas" should
be eliminated as far as possible from routine correspondence and
from the official titles of individuals or units. the following
designations have therefore been decided on, and are to be strictly
adhered to: - (a) Gas Adviser at G.H.Q." Lieutenant Colonel C.H.Foulkes
D.S.O., R.E. attached G.S., G.H.Q. (b) "Chemical Adviser" the
Chemical Experts attached to Headquarters of Armies. (c) "Special
Companies R.E" Companies specially formed in connection with the
use of gas. R.WHIGHAM, Brigadier-General, Sub-Chief, general
Staff 21st August 1915.
2/Bedf. R. Operation Order 24. Ref. Map BETHUNE 1/40,000.
21 Aug 1915.
Intention. 1. The Battalion will be relieved tonight
by 8th Devon Regt & 1 Coy of 9th Devons. Billets. 2. After relief
Companies will march independently via ESTAMINET CORNER to Billets.
A & D Coys will march to LE TOURET and B & C Coys to GORRE. Bn H.Q.
will be at GORRE. Guides. 3. 1 Guide from each Platoon of A B &
D Coys to be at ESTAMINET Corner at 8-20 P M 1 Guide from "C" Coy
to report to OC Coy 4/Camerons in Trench on its left. O C D Coy
R S F will also send 1 Guide per Platoon to ESTAMINET Corner at
8-20 P M. O C B Coy will detail an officer to marshall [sic] the
Guides at ESTAMINET Corner who will call for instructions at Bn.
H.Q. & will report to O.C. 9/Devons when they arrive. Relief 4.
Reliefs from [blank] will move via BARNTON Coy. & reserve will move
up via WILLOW Road. On Relief Companies will move out by following
Routes: - A and B Coys via BARNTON Road C and D Coys via LOTHIAN
Road D Coy R.S.F. via WILLOW Road Trench Stores. 5. O.C. Coys will
make their own arrangements for handing over Posts, Stores, etc.
Receipts for stores to be made out in triplicate. One to be handed
to relieving Coy. One to be retained by O C Coy. One to be sent
to Adjutant by 9 am tomorrow. Report. 6. O.C. Coys will report to
Bn H.Q. when relief is completed as they pass the reserve Trench
"C" & "D" Coys by orderly when leaving present position. Transport
7. Ammunition Carts will be at F.4.b. Posts. 8. O.C. Companies will
arrange for rations to be sent to their posts. Position of these
posts is being communicated separately. Issued by Orderly at 3.30
p.m. J.McM. Milling [John McMaster MILLING, MC] Capt.
Adjt. 2/Bedf. R. O.C. Coys Please note where your posts are located.
Rations will be sent to them from their Companies.
SECRET
The following posts will be relieved tomorrow morning
or early afternoon by 21st Infantry Brigade: - CARETAKERS. "B" 2nd
Battalion Gordon Highdrs. - TUNING FORK WEST F.4.b.5.5. 2 Works
in GORRE Wood F.3.b. - 1 N.C.O. and 3 men each "A" 2nd Battalion
Gordon Highrs - MESPLAUX. North. X.9.a.0.5., MESPLAUX East X.15.b.2.3.,
MESPLAUX West X.14.a.7.5. - 1 N.C.O. and 2 men each "D" 2nd Battalion
Border Regt. LE TOURET Central X.16.central, LE TOURET East X.17.c.5.8.,
LE TOURET N.E. 22nd I.Bde finds this, LE TOURET North X.10.b.4.4.
- 1 N.C.O. and 3 men each "C" Coy. - TUNING FORK East X.30.c.3.3.,
ROUTE "A" X.29.b.8.8. RUE L'EPINETTE West X.24.a.3.6. - 1 N.C.O.
and 3 men each SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
1. The Gunners wish the Infantry to understand that except when
great necessity exists, they do not retaliate when hostile aircraft
are up. The battery is located, has to move and retaliation then
becomes impossible until it has registered. Retaliation is also
avoided at dark when possible. At such time gun flashes are very
visible and as surrounding landmarks are also visible batteries
can be fairly accurately located. 2. Arrangements have been made
with the Artillery to have some guns laid on the German trenches
at night. Should the Germans open fire on our working parties these
guns will at once fire on the enemy without any request from the
Infantry. Only a few rounds will be fired until the enemy's rifle
fire stops. All men should be warned off this arrangement. 3. A
careful watch should be kept on the German wire to see if it is
ever moved in such a way as to suggest preparation for an attack.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
22nd August 1915.
SECRET
With a view to ascertaining whether the Germans are
flying our machines with the Allied markings, the right hand wing
tip of the MORANE [sic] aeroplane will be painted black for a distance
of 1 metre from the tip. This marking will be kept on for a certain
number of days and will then be removed. Will you please report
whenever a MORANE machine with Allied markings is observed, stating
whether it is with, or without, the black marking on the wing tip,
place where seen, time and direction of flight. The MORANE aeroplane
is a monoplane with wings shaped as in the figure below. F.GATHORNE
HARDY Lt.Col. General Staff, 7th Division. 1st May 1915
Officer Commanding 2 Bedf. Regt.
Reports have been received from the 2nd Army suggesting
that German aeroplanes are now marked with red or blue crosses of
the shape given below in place of the ordinary black Maltese cross.
Will you please report when any hostile aeroplanes with this marking
are seen in the Section under your command. Any confirmation of
this suggestion should be reported immediately. GEORGE CROSSMAN,
Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 23rd August 1915
SECRET
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. Herewith
scheme for defence for "C" Section. This cancels all previous orders.
Subsection Commanders will prepare and forward a short scheme for
their Subsections, by noon 25th inst. A "Situation" will be sent
out shortly and a practice occupation of the trenches held. On receipt
of the "Situation" Commanders will carry on without further orders.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain. Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
24th August, 1915.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE DEFENCE SCHEME "C" SECTION
Brigade Headquarters RUE DU CAILLOUX S.20.c.6.2. Consists
of line 2,400 yards long divided into C.1. C.2. C.3. Subsections.
It is held by 2 1/2 Battalions in the line, with 1 1/2 Battalions
in Brigade Reserve in the OLD BRITISH TRENCH. One Battalion (less
1 Coy.) is further back in TUNING FORK BRANCH. This Battalion has
one Company holding certain posts. Approximate Strength. In the
trenches 1,700 Rifles. Behind the trenches 1,700 Rifles. Total 3,400
Rifles. C.1. SUBSECTION. Headquarters in OLD BRITISH TRENCH close
to LOTHIAN ROAD. Garrison 1 Battalion (Holds portion of C.2. Subsection)
6 Machine Guns 1 Trench Mortar. Communication Forward by BARNETON
ROAD Rearward by LOTHIAN ROAD until new trench is constructed. Dispositions.
3 Companies in Front and Support Trenches. 1 Company in reserve
in OLD BRITISH TRENCH. 2 Sections in GOLDNEYS KEEP. C.2. SUBSECTION.
Headquarters in OLD BRITISH TRENCH, 300 yards South of PIONEER ROAD.
Garrison. 1 Battalion 6 Machine Guns Communication. Forward by PIONEER
ROAD. Rearward by LOTHIAN ROAD. Dispositions. 2 Companies in Front
and Support Trenches. 2 Companies reserve in OLD BRITISH TRENCH.
1 Platoon will be posted in two keeps, one on either side of PIONEER
ROAD (When constructed) C.3. SUBSECTION. Headquarters. In old BRITSH
TRENCH close to SHETLAND ROAD. Garrison. 1 Battalion (Holds a portion
of C.2. Subsection) 6 Machine Guns. 2 Trench Mortars Communication
Forward by SHETLAND ROAD. Rearward by ARGYLL ROAD Dispositions.
3 Companies in Front and Support Trenches. 1 Company in reserve
in Southern end of RICHMOND ROAD. 1 Platoon will occupy two keeps
on South side of SHETLAND ROAD when constructed. BRIGADE RESERVE.
Headquarters. On OLD BRITISH TRENCH, just South of ARGYLL ROAD.
Troops. 1 Battalion TUNING FORK BRANCH. Headquarters. F.6.c.7.3.
Troops. 1 Battalion 2 Machine Guns. Dispositions. 2 Companies in
INTERMEDIATE LINE. 3 Platoons in Billets F.5.b. 1 Platoon, FESTUBERT
E REDOUBT. 1 Platoon RUE DU CAILLOUX. 1 Platoon FESTUBERT KEEP.
1 Platoon LE PLANTIN KEEP. 1 Platoon RUE DU CAILLOUX Posts (when
constructed). RESERVE AMMUNITION AND BOMBS. Stores at each Battalion
Headquarters in OLD BRITISH LINE. Brigade Reserve Store at WELSH
CHAPEL. MEDICAL Collecting Stations. (a) Near LE TOURET E. (b) Lower
TUNING FORK ROAD. Dressing Stations (a) INDIAN VILLAGE. (b) LE PLANTIN
(c) FESTUBERT. ACTION WHEN ATTACKED. 1. The first line system of
Trenches will be held at all costs. Troops will not fall back because
their flanks are threatened. 2. If the enemy captures any portion
of our trenches the nearest troops will make a counter attack at
once. For this purpose Battalion Commanders will move their reserve
Companies up to their supporting line immediately a hostile attack
commences so as to have sufficient men at hand to do so. Flank attacks
by Bombers will be made at once along the captured trench. 3. Sections
of Bombers will Support and Reserve Companies are available to counter
attack up communication trenches on any enemy who may have penetrated
our lines. For this purpose Sections of Bombers are posted near
communication trenches. 4. The TUNING FORK BRANCH Battalion (less
1 Company holding posts) will move into the OLD BRITISH LINE and
replace the Reserve Company of the Battalion in C.1 and will be
prepared to counter attack or form a defensive flank as required.
On an attack starting or becoming imminent this Battalion will increase
the garrison of FESTUBERT E to 2 Platoons. Three Houses in LE PLANTIN
will be occupied as keeps. No.1 20 men. No.8 10 men. No.12 20 men.
5. The Brigade Reserve Battalion in the OLD BRITISH TRENCH will
be prepared to counter attack, form a defensive flank or reinforce
as required. 6. Should the enemy penetrate the line on either flank
of the Brigade the Battalion on the flank threatened will occupy
its outer communication trench and form a defensive flank. GEORGE
CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 24th August
1915 SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. 1. The
Divisional General directs that Artillery fire is only to be asked
for to reply to hostile Artillery fire which is doing damage and
not to counteract the German Bombers and Mine throwers who should
be repaid in their own coin. 2. In order to minimise, as far as
possible, the chance of our own pigeons being shot, shot guns will
only be used in the front and support trenches. When our own pigeons
are being liberated the "Guns" in that locality will be notified.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade
24th August, 1915
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
1. BRIGADE RESERVE AMMUNITION DEPOTS, are established
at CAILLOUX FORT WELCH CHAPEL (behind house 19) which may be used
whenever required. 2. The Battalion occupying these areas will be
responsible for these depots, and will place a guard over them.
3. Whenever the store falls below 100 boxes S.A.A. in either depot,
a report should be sent to Brigade Headquarters to that effect.
H.F. CHADS, Captain, Staff Captain, 21st Infantry Brigade
25th August 1915
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO. 72 August
25th 1915 Reference 1:40,000 Combined BETHUNE Map.
1. The following reliefs by Battalions of the 20th
Infantry Brigade will take place tonight. 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regt.
in C.3. Subsection by the 2nd Gordon Highlanders. 1/4th Cameron
Highlanders in C.2 Subsection by the 9th Bn. Devonshire Regiment.
2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. in C.1 Subsection by the 8th Bn. Devonshire
Regiment. 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regt. in Brigade Reserve by the 1/6th
Gordon Highlanders. 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers by 2nd Bn. Border
Regiment. 2. Guides will be supplied as follows: - 2nd Bn. Wiltshire
Regt. Platoon guides at Road Junction S.25.b.6.8. at 8.20 p.m. 1/4th
Cameron Highlanders Platoon Guides at Cross Roads S.25.d.3.5. at
8.35 p.m. 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. Battalion guide at West end
of TUNING FORK F.4.b.4.2. at 8.30 p.m. and Platoon guides at ESTAMINET
CORNER F.6.c.3.9. at 8.40 p.m. 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment Platoon
Guides at X.24.a.9.5. at 8.50 p.m. The relief will commence at these
hours. 3. All details will be arranged between Commanding Officers
concerned; a statement of work in progress will be handed to relieving
Battalion and a copy sent to Brigade Headquarters. 4. Machine Guns
will be relieved under arrangements to be made direct between Brigade
Machine Gun Officers. Relief to be completed by 8.45 p.m. 5. All
trench stores will be handed over. 6. On relief Battalions will
march direct to Billeting areas which will be communicated separately.
7. Completion of relief to be reported to Brigade Headquarters which
on completion move to Road Junction W.6.d. 8. The Brigade will take
over the GIVENCHY Section of the line on the night of 28th/29th
August from the 5th Infantry Brigade. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain.
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade
NOT TO BE TAKEN TO THE TRENCHES. SECRET DEFENCE SCHEME
FOR B SECTION.
1. Sub-Divn. B Section is divided into 3 sub-sections
as under: - B.1 Sub-sector. Point where WILLOW Road cuts the front
line trench A.9.d.4.3 (excl) to the Shrine A.9.a.7.3 (excl). B.2
Sub-sector. From SHRINE (incl) to A.3.c.3.2. (incl). B.3 Subsector.
From A.3.c.3.2. (excl) to A.2.b.9.4. (incl). 2. Dispositions. The
normal dispositions in the subsectors are as under: - (a) B.1 Sub-section.
Front line - 2 Companies. Support - 1 Company (less two platoons
and 2 sections in GUNNER SIDING). Reserve - 1 Company in billets
on WINDY CORNER Road. The support company finds the garrisons for
the following KEEP and REDOUBTS. (1) The KEEP garrison 1 platoon.
(2) HILDER REDOUBT garrison 2 sections. (3) MAIRIE REDOUBT garrison
1 platoon. Machine guns are placed as follows: - Front line - 3
machine guns. Support line - 1 gun in STRATHCONA WALK. 1 gun in
PICCADILLY. Redoubts - 2 machine guns in the KEEP. 1 machine gun
in HILDERS REDOUBT. 1 machine gun in MAIRIE REDOUBT. (b) B.2 Sub-section.
Firing line and support line - 2 Companies. PARK LANE and SCOTTISH
Trench - 1 Company (less 2 sections) in close support. Reserve -
1 Company at WINDY CORNER POPPY REDOUBT - 2 Sections. machine guns
are placed as under: - Front line - 2 machine guns SCOTTISH TRENCH
- 1 machine gun. HERTS REDOUBT - 1 machine gun. MOAT FARM REDOUBT
- 1 machine gun. (c) B.3. Sub-section. Firing line and support -
2 Companies LOOP TRENCH - 1 Company Old front fire trench - 1 Company.
Machine guns are placed as under: - Front line - 2 machine guns.
GRENADIER ROAD - 1 machine gun. N.4 Communication Trench - 1 machine
gun (LEES Redoubt). (d) Brigade Reserve. One battalion in LE PREOL.
One battalion in LE QUESNOY. 3. Line of Defence. (a) First line.
Present fire trench with supporting line STRATHCONA WALK, COVENTRY
STREET, PICCADILLY, PARK LANE, SCOTTISH TRENCH, ROSE STREET. (b)
Second Line. CAMBRIDGE TERRACE, HATFIELD ROAD, INNER CIRCLE, THE
KEEP, NEW CUT, with MAIRIE REDOUBT, POPPY REDOUBT and MOAT in close
support. SIDBURY has 2 machine [guns?] found by 2nd Division. (c)
Village Line. WINDY CORNER works and LE PLANTIN (South). 4. Action
to be taken if B Section is attacked. (a) All troops in B Sector
will stand to arms. (b) The sub-sector commander will (1) immediately
inform the Artillery (2) Report to Brigade Headquarters by wire
and messenger (c) The front line will be held at all costs. Should
any portion of the front line be occupied by the enemy the remainder
of the line will be held. A local counter-attack will be made to
expel the enemy from that part of the line of which he has gained
possession. Local supports and reserves will act under the orders
of their sub-sector commanders to effect this. (Sub-sector commanders
will consider these possible counter-attacks and will make a plan
to meet every contingency). (d) Troops to the right and left of
the broken line will assist the local counter-attacks by pushing
bombing parties down the trenches on the flank of the attackers.
(e) If something more than a local counter-attack by the troops
actually in the front line is required to dislodge the enemy it
will be organised and prepared by the Brigadier. (f) If the front
line is broken POPPY REDOUBT, THE KEEP, HILFER REDOUBT and MAIRIE
REDOUBT must be tenaciously held so as to form pivots for attack
to assist the big counter attack. (g) Brigade Report Centre will
be established at FANSHAWE CASTLE A.14.a.0.7. (h) Brigade Reserve.
Battalions in Brigade Reserve will fall in at once. The Battalion
at LE QUESNOY will move off at once and will halt with its head
at the iron footbridge F.10.a.6.4. Commanding Officers of both battalions
in Brigade Reserve will report on the first alarm at the permanent
Brigade Report Centre F.10.c.9.9. (i) Artillery. Battery Commanders
are in close touch with the Officers Commanding Sub-sections. O's
C. Sub-sections will send the following message to the Artillery
"S.O.S. B.1. B.2. B.3.["] as the case may be. 5. Responsibility
for KEEPS. The Battalion in B.1 is responsible for the garrison
and stores of MAIRIE REDOUBT, HILDERS REDOUBT and the KEEP. The
Battalion in B.2 is responsible for the garrison and stores of POPPY
REDOUBT, MOAT FARM, HERTS REDOUBT and WINDY CORNER. The Battalion
in B.3 is responsible for the garrison and stores in LEES REDOUBT
and LE PLANTIN (South). Garrisons 2 sections and one platoon. GEORGE
CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 26th
August, 1915. Bedfords.
NOT TO BE TAKEN INTO THE TRENCHES. NOTES ON CRATER FIGHTING.
1. Size of Craters. For the benefit of those who have
had no experience of craters formed by mine explosions - both our
own and those of the enemy - these notes are intended as a guide.
They are all based on actual experience gained whilst in the trenches
in the GIVENCHY and CUINCHY Sections of the line. It should be remembered
that craters formed by a mine explosion are as a rule not like glorified
shell holes, but something totally different, and on a far larger
scale. It is difficult to give exact measurements but some that
have been seen are fully 50 feet deep with very loose, steep crumbly
sides and 30 to 40 yards in length; the circumference of these can
only be imagined, until actually seen, and then only an approximate
idea can be obtained as the whole cannot usually be seen at once
and often only through a periscope. If it is possible to look at
them with the naked eye, it can be necessarily only for a moment.
these craters, therefore, are something out of the ordinary, and
cannot easily be crossed without the assistance of much material
and engineer labour, even if it is then possible. As to filling
them in with sandbags which has been suggested, this is quite impossible
and the idea could only have been originated by someone who had
never been near one. 2. Actions when enemy's mines are expected.
In many instances the miners working in various shafts can give
warning when an enemy mine is about to be exploded, or at any rate
when an enemy shaft is approaching or in the vicinity of the trenches.
Then is the time to withdraw the garrison for some 60 yards or so
on either side, keeping them in support trenches ready to rush in
as soon as the explosion takes place. But sometimes warning is impossible,
and such instructions should be issued as will ensure certain men
in support trenches being ready always to rush in when an explosion
does take place. The reason for this action is obvious for two reasons.
First because it is probable that the men in the front trench will
be so shaken - if they are not destroyed - as to be incapable of
any immediate action; and secondly, this being so, it is imperative
At least to reinforce the front line trench in case of an attack.
It is sometimes the case that in certain parts of the line there
is always a possibility of a mine explosion. then, it is generally
wise to hold this part of the line very lightly, preferably with
outposts only, having men in support trenches ready to move forward
at once when the explosion occurs. 3. How to deal with craters.
The question now arises, how should these craters, formed by the
explosion of the enemy's mines, be dealt with? Naturally much depends
on the circumstances but it seems advisable to establish men first
of all on the near tip of the crater, and gradually to work round
on either flank. It must be borne in mind that it will be impossible
to get across the crater, any how those which are being described,
and if this is attempted, it is probable that the men who get into
the craters will fall victim to the enemy's bombers. Therefore it
is suggested that this is not attempted, but efforts should be made
to get round the flanks, and patrols be sent out to protect the
working parties who would dig a trench round the near lip, with
saps forward so as to look down into the crater, and of course communication
trenches back to the main line, if necessary. When once men have
been established in this position circumstances will be the best
guide as to the future procedure. By the above means it is likely
that the crater will at least be denied to the enemy. 4. Action
when our own mines are exploded. Much the same method should be
adopted when one of our own mines is going to be exploded, except
that, in this case the actual time of the explosion is known, and
men should be withdrawn from the front trenches if necessary at
the last possible moment so as not to cause any suspicion to the
enemy, if the lines are very close, and placed in communication
trenches with definite orders how to act when the explosion takes
place. 5. An example. It might be well to give an actual example
of exactly what did occur, and arrangements made on the explosion
of a mine at GIVENCHY early in August. the enemy had been heard
working near our shaft head and it was decided to explode three
mines in close proximity to one another in this region. The Officer
Commanding the Battalion engaged, having settled with the mining
expert as to the best hour for exploding the mine - in this case
it happened to be 8.30 p.m. - arrangements were made with the artillery
to bring fire to bear, when the explosion took place, on certain
enemy communication trenches and fire trenches which it was thought
advisable to block by fire. It was arranged to have the trenches
cleared on either side for a distance of nearly 100 yards, with
the exception of a few men left for the purposes of security, and
to deceive the enemy as to what was going on; this was to be completed
by 8.15 p.m. and the remainder were to be withdrawn at 8.25 p.m.
Two parties of about 12 men each with Bombers were told off to immediately
rush forward and seize the near lip of the crater, and patrols from
these were detailed to push round on either side if possible and
get up to the enemy's trenches to see if they had been damaged,
and if so to send back word so that men could be sent up to enter
them. Behind these two parties came men with spades and sandbags
ready to start digging a trench round the near lip, and back to
the main line from both flanks of the crater formed. The distance
between the two lines before the explosion of the three mines was
roughly 80 yards, but there were other craters close by. The effect
of the explosion of the three mines, which was simultaneous, was
to form one huge crater fully 60 yards long, and very deep and wide.
The northern end joined up with another enemy crater so it was possible
to get round this flank, but patrols pushed round the Southern side
as far as the enemy's wire which was intact. The enemy did not reply
for nearly 20 minutes and then began to fire machine guns, and bombs
and a little artillery. The working parties were covered by bombers
who continued to throw grenades throughout the night. Under cover
of this a trench was dug during the night round the near lip of
the crater which bent back to the main line and the occupation of
the crater was completed by the digging forward of saps from the
trench so as to look into the crater itself. This is only just an
instance of what did occur, and may perhaps form some sort of guide
to any future operations of this nature. 6. Saps and forward posts.
It is usually advisable to consult the mining officer as to how
far forward saps and posts should go because they can tell how far
their shafts go, and if these posts are pushed out too far to the
front they are apt to come within the danger zone of the enemy shafts
and therefore liable to be blown up without warning. For this reason
saps and forward posts in craters should be held rather lightly
until the mining officer reports that his shaft is ahead of them.
The idea that when once a crater has been formed no further explosion
can take place in it is wrong, for in certainly one case at both
GIVENCHY and CUINCHY craters were considerably enlarged by further
explosions.
To: Bedfords
Sender's Number S.C. 68 Day of Month 26 You will
take over billets from 1/6 Gordons AAA H.Q. Transport and 2 Coys
GORRE 2 Coys LE TOURET AAA You will find following caretakers this
afternoon AAA List attached AAA Addressed Bedfords repeated Quartermaster
From: 21st Inf Bde H.F. CHADS, Capt. S.C. Battn.Hdqrs.
Defence Scheme for Section Y.2. 1. Subsection Y.2. extends from
HULLUCH ROAD to BOYAU 18 both inclusive. 2. This point is held by
2 companies and a Platoon. 1 Company less 1 Platoon in the Support
Trench 1 Company less 1 Platoon in CURLEY CRESCENT. 1 Platoon in
VERMELLES - H.Qrs. at CHAPEL KEEP. 3. The front line is to be held
at all costs. If any part of the line should be temporarily captured
the remainder will hold on 7 will assist in its recapture by bombing
down Trenches and the local reserves will at once attack. A counter
attack made instantly even with a small force is likely to be easier
than a much stronger attack made later when the enemy had had time
to establish himself. 4. The Signal Message sent out to signify
that the enemy is attacking will be S.O.S.Y.2. 5. In case of attack
- (1) Artillery fire in the enemy's trenches will at once be asked
for by Company Commanders by the Signal S.O.S.Y.2. (2) The O.C.
VERMELLES Reserve Battalion will send one Company to Y.2. Hdqrs.
at CHAPEL KEEP. (3) The Platoon in VERMELLES will at once move up
to Battn. Hdqrs at CHAPEL KEEP. G. de B. PURVES. Captain & Adjutant,
6th (Series) Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers. 27.8.15. WORKING PARTIES
1. The Bedfords, Yorks, R.S. Fus. and Wilts will each send a party
of 25 men for work under the 176th Mining Coy. R.E. to report to
Headquarters 176th Coy at GORRE, Road Junction F.3.b.5.4. at 2.30
p.m. tomorrow. They are attached to this Company during the time
the Brigade is in this line. If possible men should be selected
who have experience underground. 2. The following shifts each of
8 hours are required daily: - (a) Orchard Mine. 3 shifts each of
1 N.C.O. and 20 men. (b) Red House Mine. 3 Shifts each of 1 N.C.O.
and 12 men. (c) Ducks Bill Mine. 3 Shifts each of 1 N.C.O. and 12
men. (d) Sunken Road Mines. 3 Shifts each of 2 N.C.O's and 20 men.
(e) White House. 3 Shifts each of 1 N.C.O. and 12 men. (a) (b) and
(c) will be found by the Wilts. Regt. (d) and (e) will be found
by the Bedford Regt. The first shifts will start work at 4 p.m.
and the N.C.O's in charge of these will report at 5th Brigade Headquarters
F.10.b.2.3. at 11 a.m. 28th instant to be shown where their work
will be. 3. the Battalion in the LE QUESNOY Billets will furnish
a carrying party daily of 1 Officer and 80 men at PONT FIXE A.14.a.
at 8 p.m. to report to the R.E. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade 27th August 1915
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO. 73 27th August
1915. Reference 1:40,000 BETHUNE Map.
1. During the 28th instant the Brigade will relieve
the 5th Infantry Brigade, 2nd Division in "B" Section of the line,
and will pass temporarily under the Command of the 2nd Division.
2. The 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment will relieve the Highland Light
Infantry in B.1 Sub-section. The 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers will
relieve the Oxford Light Infantry in B.2. Sub-section. The 1/4th
Cameron Highlanders will relieve the Worcester Regiment in B.3.
Subsection. The 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment will relieve the Queens
Regiment in Billets at LE QUESNOY. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment
will relieve the Glasgow Highlanders in Billets at LE PREOL. 3.
Platoon Guides will meet Battalions as follows: - Royal Scots Fusiliers
at WINDY CORNER at 4 p.m. Yorkshire Regiment at VAUXHALL BRIDGE
at 4.30 p.m. Cameron Highlanders at ESTAMINET CORNER at 7.30 p.m.
The relief will commence at these hours. 4. Details of relief will
be arranged direct between Commanding Officers concerned. 5. All
trench stores will be taken over. 6. Machine Guns will be relieved
under arrangements to be made direct between Brigade Machine Gun
Officers. 7. Battalions will move to the rendezvous in accordance
with March Table attached. 8. Transport of the Yorkshire and Wiltshire
Regiments will be at LE PREOL an the Bedfordshire Regt. Royal Scots
Fus. and Cameron Highrs. at LE QUESNOY. Billeting parties will take
over billets and transport lines from Battalions of the 5th Brigade
at 11 a.m. 9. Completion of relief will be reported to Brigade Headquarters
which at 5 p.m. will move to F.10.a.2.3. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE MARCH TABLE
[unit - starting point - time - remarks] 2nd Wilts
Regt. - Cross Roads X.1.a.c. - 2.45 p.m. - LOCON - PONT TOURNANT
- LES GLATIGNIES - GORRE - LE PREOL 2nd Royal Scots Fus. - Road
Junction X.8.c.3.2. - 2 p.m. - LES GLATIGNIES - GORRE - ESTAMINET
CORNER to WINDY CORNER (Transport to move by route for Yorkshires)
2nd Yorks. Regt. - Cross Roiads X.1.a.c. - 1-50 p.m. - Follow the
R.S.Fus. to GORRE and thence via PONT LEVIS and South bank of canal
to VAUXHALL BRIDGE 1/4th Cameron Highrs. - Canal Bridge X.13.d.8.9.
- 6-15 p.m. - LE HAMEL - GORRE to ESTAMINET CORNER 2nd Bedford Regt.
- will move so as to reach their billets at LE QUESNOY at 4.0 p.m.
NOTE: Forward traffic will always move by South Bank and rearward
traffic by the North Bank of the Canal.
2/Bed.R. Operation Order No. 25 Ref. Map BETHUNE 1/40,000
27 Aug. 1915
1. During the 28th inst the Brigade will relieve
the 5th Infy. Bde. 2nd Div. in "B" Section of the line and pass
temporarily under the Command of the 2nd Div. The 2nd Bn. Bedf.
R. will be in Bde Reserve & will relieve the "Queens Regt" in Billets
at LE QUESNOY. 2. The Battalion will pass the Main entrance to GORRE
Chateau at 3.40 p.m. tomorrow. Orders of March "B" "C" "D" "A" Coys.
3. Transport will be at LE QUESNOY Billeting parties will meet Q.Mr.
at 10 a.m. 4. Orders for Machine Gun Officer will be issued direct
by Bde. M.G.O. 5. (a) O.C. Coys will detail the following Working
parties: - "A" Co 6 men "B" Co 6 men "C" Co 6 men "D" Co 7 men =
25. The above party will parade at Bn H.Q. at 3.15 p.m. tomorrow
- They will be attached to 176 Mining Co R E during the time the
this line [sic]. If possible men should be selected with experience
underground. (b) The following shifts each of 8 hours are required
daily: - To be found by "C" Co: - tomorrow 28th SUNKEN ROAD MINE
3 Shifts each of 2 N.C.O's & 20 men To be found by "B" Co: - tomorrow
28th WHITE HOUSE 3 Shifts each of 1 N.C.O. & 12 men. The first shifts
will start work at 4 p.m. and the N.C.O's in Charge of these will
report at 5th Brigade H.Q. "F" 10.b.2.3. at 11 am tomorrow 28th
inst to be shown where their work will be. (These N.C.O's will meet
at Bn H.Q. at 10.30 am tomorrow. The first shifts will parade at
Bn H Q at 2 P.M.[)] O C Coys will arrange for Packs of all the N.C.O's,
also men of the 1st Shift to be carried to new billets by Transport
or carried. (c) O.C. "A" Company will detail a carrying party of
one officer and 80 men with a proportion of N.C.O's to be at PONT-FIXE
"A".14.a. at 8 P M 28th to report to the R.E. 6. O.C. Coys will
report to the Adjutant when they have completed the taking over
of their new billets. This proceeding will always be adopted when
the Bn takes over Bde Reserve Billets. To: BEDFORDS Sender's Number
B.M. 42 Day of Month 28th Please detail a party of 20 men to be
at WINDY CORNER at 7.45 am tomorrow to report to 5th Coy R.E AAA.
No tools AAA Please detail this party daily till further orders
AAA From: 21st BRIGADE To: O.C. D.Co. Day of Month. 28.8.15 Your
Coy. will be on duty for 24 hours - 4 P M today to 4 P M tomorrow
- This means that your Coy is held at "SHORT Notice". The attached
is forwarded for your information. Please return. During this period
also, your company will be the Anti-Air-Craft Company. J.McM.Milling
[John McMaster MILLING, MC], Capt. Adjt. 2/Bedf/R.
To: BEDFORDS
Sender's Number B.M. 55 Day of Month 29th From 8
A M tomorrow you will take over all the mining shifts found by the
Wilts and referred to in paper attached to operation order no 73
AAA Guides from the Wilts will report at your H.Q. at 5 A M 30th
inst to guide the 3 shifts for work at 8 A M AAA Please detail a
party of 20 men for work under R E 5 field coy to be at WINDY CORNER
at 8.30 P M tomorrow and until further orders AAA They are for work
as carrying party
From: 21st Bde 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER
NO. 74 29th August 1915.
1. During the night of August 30th/31st the 1/4th
Cameron Highrs. will be relieved by a battalion of the 58th Infantry
Brigade. 2. Platoon Guides and one guide for Machine Gun will meet
the relieving battalion at ESTAMINET CORNER at 7.30 p.m. 30th instant
at which hour the relief will commence. 3. All details will be arrange
direct between Commanding Officers. 4. Trench Stores will be handed
over, also a statement of work in progress a duplicate of which
statement will be forwarded to this office. 5. Machine Guns will
be relieved under orders which will be issued by the Brigade Machine
Gun Officer. 6. On relief the Cameron Highlanders will be billeted
in PREOL to which place they will withdraw via WINDY CORNER and
North Bank of Canal. 7. Completion of relief will be reported to
Brigade Headquarters. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major,
21st Infantry Brigade
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO. 75 30th August
1915
1. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment will relieve the
5th Cameronians in A.8. Subsection of the line tonight. 2. All details
will be arranged direct between Commanding Officers concerned. 3.
Relief will commence at 3 p.m. and completion will be reported to
Brigade Headquarters. 4. Machine Guns will be relieved under the
orders of the Brigade Machine Gun Officer which will be issued direct
to Battalions. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain. Brigade Major, 21st
Infantry Brigade.
2/Bed. R. Operation Order No. 26 Ref. Map. BETHUNE 1/40,000
31.8.1915
1. The Battalion will relieve the Royal Scots Fusiliers
in the trenches tomorrow 1-9-15. 2. Company Commanders will be at
WINDY CORNER at 12 noon tomorrow where guides will meet them. 3.
Companies and H.Q. will march down independently to arrive at WINDY
CORNER at the following hours: H.Q. & D Company 2.30 p.m. B Company
2.45 p.m. C Company 3.0 p.m. A Company 3.15 p.m. 4. Trench Stores
will be taken over & receipts given. Lists of Stores on charge to
be sent to Adjutant on following day. Grenade Officer to send a
List of Bombs on Charge. 5. Completion of relief to be reported
to Adjutant. Issued by Orderly at J.McM. Milling [John
McMaster MILLING, MC], Capt. Adjt.
2/Bed. R. 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO.
31st August 1915
RELIEF 1. (a) Reliefs will be carried out as follows:
- September 1st the 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire regt. will relieve the
2nd Royal Scots Fus. in B.2. (b) Platoon guides from the R.S. Fus.
will be at WINDY CORNER at 2.30 p.m. at which hour relief will commence.
(c) All details of the relief will be settled direct between Commanding
Officers. (d) The 2nd Royal Scots Fus. will take over the billets
occupied by the 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. MINE FATIGUES 2. The
Cameron Highlanders will take over all the mining shifts furnished
by the Bedford Regt. commencing with the 8 p.m. shifts September
1st. Guides from the Bedford Regt. will report at Cameron Highrs.
Headquarters at 5.30 a.m. to-morrow to lead the 1st shifts to their
work. The Royal Scots Fus. will furnish the carrying party of 1
Officer and 80 men reporting to the 176th Mining Coy. Store PONT
FIXE A.14.a. at 8 p.m. daily GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain. Brigade
Major, 21st Infantry Brigade
September 1915
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER NO.77 2nd September
1915.
1. During September 3rd the 21st Infantry Brigade
will be relieved by the 5th Infantry Brigade and will withdraw to
BETHUNE. During the morning of September 4th the 21st Infantry Brigade
will move to Billets in and around GONNEHEM. 2. The Glasgow Highlanders
will relieve B.1. Subsection and will arrive at VAUXHALL BRIDGE
at 3.30 p.m. The 2nd Worcester Regt. will relieve B.2. Subsection
and will arrive at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 5 p.m. The 1st Queens Regt.
will relieve B.3. Subsection and will arrive at ESTAMINET CORNER
at 3.15 p.m. where a battalion guide from the 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire
Regiment will meet them. Platoon guides will not be required. the
2nd High.Light Infy. will take over billets in LE PREOL from the
1/4th Cameron Highlanders who will withdraw by the road F.13.a.
and b. and F.8.c. The 2nd Oxford & Bucks Light Infantry will take
over billets in LE QUESNOY from the 2nd Royal Scots Fusiliers who
will withdraw by the road South of CANAL and RAILWAY. 3. Relief
of Machine Guns will commence from the road junction A.8.c.5.0.
at 11 a.m. 4. Mining fatigues will be taken over by the 7th Bn.Liverpool
Regt. from 4 p.m. 3rd Sept., Guides from the Camerons will be at
Brigade Headquarters at 10.45 a.m. to show N.C.O's in charge of
1st Shifts the way to their work. All Trench Stores and Bombs will
be handed over. 6. On arrival in BETHUNE the Brigade will be in
Divisional Reserve. Battalion "in readiness" 1/4th Cameron Highlanders.
7. Billeting areas in BETHUNE and for September 4th have been communicated
separately to Billeting parties. 8. Completion of relief will be
reported to Brigade Headquarters which will after 6.30 p.m. move
to No.51 RUE LEON GAMBETTA, BETHUNE. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain,
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
2/Bedf.R. Operation Order No.27. Ref.Map BETHUNE 1/40,000.
1. During September 3rd the Battalion will be relieved
by the 1st Bn. QUEENS Regt., in B.3. Sub-Section and will withdraw
to BETHUNE. 2. "A" Company will provide one guide to be at ESTAMINET
CORNER at 3.15 P.M. - PLATOON GUIDES will not be required. 3. Machine
Guns. Relief will commence at 10.30 A.M. under separate arrangements.
4. All Trench Stores and Bombs will be handed over and receipts
taken. 5. Water Carts and Cookers will leave WINDY CORNER at 1.30
P.M. & C.O's and Officers MESS CART will leave WINDY CORNER at 2.30
P.M. these will all proceed and join the Transport at LE-QUESNOY.
6. 4 S.A.A.Carts will be on the N.Bank of the CANAL near WESTMINSTER
BRIDGE for carriage of 2 Bandoliers per man. These will follow in
rear of Battalion. 7. The Battalion will form up on the N.side of
CANAL with the head of the first Company relieved at WATERLOO BRIDGE.
8. On arrival in BETHUNE the 21st Infy.Bde. will be in Divisional
Reserve. 9. Billeting area's in BETHUNE and for SEPT.4th have been
separately communicated. 10. On being relieved O.C. Companies will
report at Bn. H.Q. as they pass. W.Sharpe [William SHARPE,
MC], Lieut. A/Adjt. 2/Bedf.R.
SECRET 7th D.A. No. B.M./596. G.S. 7th Div.No. C/210/G.
DEFENCE AND RETALIATION. Reference AUCHY-LENS Sheet 1/10,000.
1. The front of the 7th Division extends from Point
K. (G.4.d.2.3.) on the left to the HULLOCH [sic] Road on the right.
It is held in front line by two battalions, the dividing line being
about halfway between F.3. and F.4. (G.10.b.7.1). 2. The right sector
will be covered by the 14th Brigade R.H.A. and 104th Battery R.F.A.
under Lieut-Colonel H.H.Tudor, R.H.A. The left sector will
be covered by the 35th Brigade R.F.A. under Lieut-Colonel J.S.Ollivant,
D.S.O., R.F.A. 3. Each group will have one F.O.O. at the Headquarters
of the Battalion which it covers. 4. The general scheme in case
of attack will be to bring the fire of two batteries to bear on
the enemy's front line and one of the communication trenches in
rear. O's.C. groups will arrange night lines accordingly and register
as soon as possible. 5. The enemy's front will be divided into two
zones. (a) Right zone - HULLUCH Cross Roads to the Pope's Nose G.11.a.9.6.
both inclusive. (b) Left zone - from G.11.a.9.6. to G.5.a.3.5. both
inclusive. 6. One battery 37th Brigade R.F.A. will cover the whole
front of the two battalions. A F.O.O. from the Brigade to be at
Headquarters of the Brigade which is finding the Battalions in the
firing line. 7. O's.C. groups and 37th Brigade R.F.A. will inform
the Infantry Commanders concerned of the measures taken for covering
the defence of their front. 8. Retaliation will be carried out on
the same principles as on the FESTUBERT Front. H.W. WYNTER, Major.
R.A. a/Brigade Major 7th Divisional Artillery 3rd September, 1915.
2/Bedf.R. Operation Order 28. Ref.1/40,000 BETHUNE Map.
3.9.1915.
1. The Battalion will march to billets at BELLERIVE
via OBLINGHEM 2. BRIGADE Starting Point Railway crossing E.4.a.
7.30 a.m. Battalion S.P. CANAL BRIDGE E.5.d.1.4. at 7 A.M. Order
of March H.Q. B.C.A.D.Coys. M.G.Section. Transport will march in
rear of Battalion. 3. Kits will be collected at 6 A.M. 4. Sick Inspection
at BN.H.Q. at 6.0 a.m. 5. Q.M.Sergts. will meet Q.Mr. at BELLERIVE
at 8 A.M. W.Sharpe [William SHARPE, MC], 2/Lieut.
A/Adjt.
2/Bedf.R. 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.78
Reference 1:40,000 BETHUNE Map. 3rd September 1915
1. The Brigade will march to Billets around GONNEHEM
tomorrow. Areas have been communicated to Billeting parties separately.
Route via OBLINGHEM and thence direct to billets. 2. Battalions
will pass the starting point, Railway crossing E.4.a. as follows:
- 2 Yorks. Regt. 7 a.m. 2nd Bedf.Regt. 7.30 a.m. 2nd Wilts. Regt.
8.0 a.m. 1/4th Cameron Highrs. 8.30 a.m. 2nd R.S.Fus. 9.0 a.m. Grenade
School 9.30 a.m. 3. Arrival in Billets will be reported to Brigade
Headquarters which after 9 a.m. will be in GONNEHEM V.8.a.5.4. GEORGE
CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
Officer Commanding 8th Devonshire Regt.
Forwarded for your information. This letter should
be handed over to relieving units. C.C.Foss [Charles Calverley FOSS,
VC, DSO], Captain, Brigade Major, 20th Infantry Brigade. Bde.H.Qrs.
4th September 1915. SECRET 35th Howitzer Battery Night Lines. Right
Section. 2 Guns. HULLOCH CROSS Roads. G.11.d.9.3. Centre Section.
2 Guns. G.11.b.7.2. Junction of German Communication Trenches. Left
Section. 1 Gun. G.11.b.3.4. Junction of German Communication Trenches.
1 Gun. G.11.b.2.8. Junction of German Communication Trenches. F.O.O.
of this Battery is at Brigade Headquarters from 8 p.m. to 7 a.m.
If Battalions wants [sic] this Battery to fire at night the Section
should be referred to. Thus "20th Infantry Brigade". "Howitzers
required. AAA Right Section". Bde.H.Qrs. 4th September, 1915. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain, Brigade Major.
20th Infantry Brigade.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedf.Regt.
Officers and troops in billets within the ordinary
shell area of the enemy's guns are to see that the arrangements
for their troops taking cover in cellars or dug-outs on the occasion
of hostile artillery fire on the billets they are in, are complete
and well known to every one concerned. These precautions are especially
to be observed in taking up new billets inside the zone of shell
fire. There is no doubt that hostile aeroplanes early on the morning
of 4th instant were able to locate gun positions and infantry billets
and shelters in or about VERMELLES. There is to be no unnecessary
movements about these places. Except when duty demands the contrary,
troops are to be kept under shelter during the hours of light. Sentries
over billets, shelters, artillery positions &c., are to be placed
to see this order is carried out Aeroplane look-outs are to be posted
on every occasion where troops are necessarily employed in the open,
and arrangements made for such troops to take cover on the signal
from the look-out that aeroplanes are about. The Officer or N.C.O.
in command of the body of troops on the spot is responsible that
this is done. Any aeroplane is to be regarded as suspicious, and
precautions taken, until the distinguishing mark clearly shows it
to be a friendly machine. Lately, hostile aeroplanes have been especially
active very early in the morning and late in the afternoon. These
are the times when men are outside billets, washing etc., and getting
ready for work. Such preparations are to be made as much as possible
under cover, and when this cannot be done, the aeroplane look-outs
are to be especially alert. Nothing is to be gained by neglecting
these precautions, and the plans of our commanders may easily be
upset if the presence of troops, in certain places, is observed
by the enemy. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Captain, Brigade Major, 21st
Infantry Brigade. 5th September, 1915.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd R.Warwick Regt.
1. Information has been received from a fairly reliable
source that the enemy have concentrated a Division in the neighbourhood
of LENS with a view to a possible attack. The Divisional general
does not desire to make too much of this, but at the same time wishes
to ensure that all precautions are taken without delaying the forward
work in hand. 2. All infantry stationed or working in our front
line system from LABOURSE (inclusive) Eastwards are under the orders
of the G.O.C. leading Brigade (at present the 20th Brigade). 3.
Troops of the Brigade which has its headquarters at E.29.b. (at
present the 22nd Brigade) will be prepared to get under arms rapidly
on receipt of instructions from Brigade Headquarters. 4. The necessity
of adhering rigidly to the orders laid down with regard to smoke
helmets is emphasized. 5. Should the enemy attack and be driven
back, an immediate counter-offensive on our part is likely to be
highly successful in capturing the enemy's position. The initiative
for this must come from the front lines which alone can act sufficiently
rapidly. The Lines further back are to support, in their own initiative,
the front lines as quickly as possible. 6. All working parties will
have arms handy and are to know their duties in case an attack develops.
Officers Commanding working parties from troops not in the leading
Brigade will be ordered to report at the leading Brigade Headquarters
in advance of their men to receive instructions on this point. E.G.L.
THURLOW, Major, Brigade Major, 22nd Infantry Brigade September
6th 1915.
Secret 7th Division. 1st Corps No.493 (G) 6th September
1915.
In continuation of 1st Corps No.493 (G) dated 22nd
August: - In order to minimise the danger of "buzzer" sounds and
conversations by telephone being overheard in German trenches, the
Corps Commander directs that the following precautions are to be
at once carried out: - All officers, and the N.C.Os. and men who
are employed on signals and telephone work, are to be made fully
aware of the importance of rigid adherence to the procedure ordered.
Te means of avoiding the danger are two-fold: - (a) To bring the
earth of the telephone back to a safe distance i.e. not less then
[sic] 250 yards from the nearest German trench, and (b) Where (a)
is impossible, not to pass information along the telephone which
may be of value to the enemy. It is of primary importance that all
ranks, officers and N.C.Os. working with telephones should exercise
the strictest guard over all information they send over the telephone,
unless they have been informed by a signal officer that the telephone
system on which they are working is safe. Signal officers will be
instructed to visit the advance telephones in the trenches and to
inform the formations concerned and the operators whether the telephone
is safe from German hearing or not. A.S.COBBE, Brig.Genl.
General Staff, 1st Corps.
DEFENCE SCHEME OF "Y" 2. SECTION Reference Map 1/10,000
and BETHUNE Combined Sheet 1/40,000 Sub-Division.
1. "Y"2. Section is divided into 2 Sub-sectors as
under. "Y" 2.A. Sub-Sector from HULLUCH-VERMELLES Road inclusive
to F.3. Communication trench (inclusive). "Y" 2.B. Sub-Sector from
thence to the track running from CHAPELLE de CONSOLATION to figure
8 in FOSSE No.8. inclusive. Dispositions. 2. The normal dispositions
are - (a) In "Y" 2.A. Sub-Sector. Front system. Two Companies. Support.
One Company. One Company in CURLEY CRESCENT. Machine Guns are placed
as follows: - New Front Line. Three Support One, which is to fire
down main VERMELLES - HULLUCH Road. (b) In "Y" 2.B. Sub-Sector.
Front Line. 3 Platoons. Support 10 Platoons Reserve 3 Platoons in
CURLEY CRESCENT Machine Guns are placed as follows. (c) The supporting
Battalion is in VERMELLES and is responsible for garrisoning the
following Keeps: - Junction Keep. 2 Platoons. Chapel Keep. 2 Platoons.
Inglis Keep. 1 Platoon. Clarkes Keep. 1 Company. Ingus Keep. 1 Platoon.
of which the two former will be permanently garrisoned, half of
which garrison at a time is available for work. Also the line running
South through JUNCTION KEEP to CHAPEL KEEP. It will also be responsible
for the defence of STAMSFELD Road and GORDON ALLEY. (d) Brigade
Reserve. 2 Battalions in NOYELLES lines. 1 Battalion in LABOURSE.
LINES OF DEFENCE. 3. (a) First Line. Present fire trench with supporting
lines. (b) Second Line. CURLEY CRESCENT. (c) Third Line. JUNCTION
KEEP - CHAPEL KEEP (d) Fourth Line. VERMELLES, including INGUS KEEP
- INGLIS KEEP - CLARKES KEEP. MACHINE GUNS 4. One Machine Gun of
the Battalion holding Sub-Sector "Y" 2.A. will be placed in such
a position as to fire down the main VERMELLES - HULLUCH Road. Emplacements
in the new front line will be immediately made and occupied, so
as to bring a cross fire to bear along the whole front. WORKING
PARTIES. 5. Working and Carrying Parties will always carry rifles
and one bandolier of ammunition unless otherwise ordered and must
show their duties in case an attack develops. ACTION IF ATTACKED.
6. (a) The Sub-Sector Commanders will immediately inform Artillery
and Brigade Headquarters. (b) All troops in "Y" 2 Section will stand
to arms. (c) The first line will be held at all costs. The new 2nd
and 3rd lines as they become available will be used for supports.
Should any portion be occupied by the enemy the remainder of the
line will be held, and a local counter-attack made to expel him
from that part of the line of which he has gained possession. Local
supports and reserves will act under the orders of their Sub-Section
Commanders to this effect, and these commanders will consider any
such counter-attacks and make plans to meet every contingency (d)
Troops on right and left of the broken line will assist the local
counter-attacks by pushing bombing parties down the trenches on
the flanks of the attackers. (e) If something more than a local
counter-attack is required to dislodge the enemy it will be organised
and prepared by the Brigadier. (f) If the front system of trenches
is broken through, JUNCTION KEEP and CHAPEL KEEP must be held so
as to form pivots for attack to assist the larger counter-attack.
(g) The Brigade Reserve will fall in at once, and the Battalion
occupying trenches the North side of NOYELLES will move immediately
and half under cover of the Railway in G.8.b. between HULLUCH and
CHAPEL ALLEYS. The Battalion holding the trenches on the South Side
of NOYELLES will stand by for further orders. (h) Commanding Officers
of both these Battalions will report to Brigade Headquarters on
first alarm. Officers Commanding Sub-Sectors must remain in closest
touch with the Artillery, and use it to assist in the beating off
of the attack in such a way as may be seen best to them at the time.
(i) If the enemy be driven back it is the duty of Officers Commanding
Sub-Sectors to follow him up, as this probably offers the best chance
of penetrating into his trenches. The initiative for this must come
from the front line, with the greatest possible rapidity and energy.
The lines in rear will immediately support any action of this nature.
(j) The Battalion in LABOURSE will assemble at Brigade Headquarters
in NOYELLES. (k) All troops, other than the Battalion already told
off for the defence of keeps, etc., who occupy billets in VERMELLES
will assemble at the BREWERY under the orders of the TOWN COMMANDANT.
BRIGADE HEADQUARTERS. 7. Brigade Headquarters are at present situated
in the CHATEAU at NOYELLES. C.C.
Foss [Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain,
Brigade Major, 20th Infantry Brigade 7th September 1915.
[7.9.15] NOT TO BE TAKEN INTO THE TRENCHES PAPER"B"
GENERAL PRINCIPLES FOR THE ATTACK
1. The enemy is to be beaten on a certain length
of front and driven out of it and must not be allowed time to reform
in rear of the captured trenches. For this a violent and continuous
action is required. The keynote of all the work, both as regards
details and the general idea, is offensive action. When once the
enemy's front system of trenches is broken, delay is usually the
chief cause of failure and heavy casualties. Commanders must, however,
bear in mind that, once the enemy's line is broken, it is the intention
to follow up by such action as will cause a general retirement of
a great part of the enemy's line. Thus the operations will be continued
during a considerable period. Supports and reserves. 2. Bearing
the above in mind, it is of the highest importance that all commanders
should consider carefully the handling of their reserves to maintain
the forward movement. Under the existing conditions, only one definite
offensive blow can be expected from one body of infantry, and, therefore,
fresh troops must be pushed through those making the first attack
to develop the success won. Troops heavily engaged during the day
should not ordinarily be expected to continue the offensive on the
following day, but should be either actually relieved or arrangements
made for fresh troops to pass through them. the Organization of
reserves in depth should be made with this object. Supporting and
reserve troops must be close up from the commencement of the operations,
so that they can follow close on the heels of the troops in front.
Commanders of such troops must clearly understand the objective
and their role, and use their initiative. Ample cover must be provided
for the reserve troops well forward, with good and sufficient communication
trenches. Direction boards must be put up to prevent mistakes in
the existing labyrinth of trenches. The Infantry Attack. 3. Infantry
Commanders must know the time table of artillery fire, and regulate
their progress and time their assaults in accordance with it. The
attack on the front trenches will probably not be equally successfully
all along the line. Support must be given at once to the units which
have been successful to enable them to press on. Where unsuccessful
a new attack must be organised from a flank where the line has been
broken. If a certain body of infantry fails to gain its own particular
local objective, there is no reason why the troops on either flank
should be held up. Every body of infantry must push on and thereby
facilitate the task of the troops on the right and left. The whole
operation can be regulated with the greatest precision. Parties
of infantry should be detailed beforehand for the capture of the
several localities at definitely stated times in accordance with
the artillery time table. The accuracy of the photographic maps
permits of this being done. We must not wait to be counter-attacked,
but must follow up our attack at once. Infantry must push on, and
field guns, trench mortars, machine guns, etc., must be pushed forward
in close support of the attacking infantry to batter down houses,
etc. The responsibility for supporting the attacking infantry in
this way rests with Infantry Commanders, and special guns will be
allotted to them for this purpose. Localities must be seized promptly
to act as supporting points to further advance, but only the necessary
number of men will be left to entrench each of these points. All
ground gained will be secured (F.S.R.Part I, Sec.105 (5)). Artillery.
4. The artillery objective is not only the wire entanglements and
front trenches, but the whole position, with a view to destroying
the hostile infantry, actually and morally; (i.e. second line, communication
trenches, shelters, etc., must be systematically dealt with). The
task of the artillery is: - (a) The support of the infantry during
its attack. (b)To gain superiority of fire over the hostile artillery.
The artillery fire must be time-tabled and registered as far behind
the enemy's front line trenches as possible, with due regard to
range and accuracy. The guns must be registered beforehand on all
the objectives and tactical localities as far forward as possible.
Similarly, the barrages of shrapnel must be arranged beforehand.
These will be gradually expanded as infantry advances. The nature
of the artillery support required by the infantry depends on the
local conditions of the fight. Some field or horse artillery guns
must be ready to push forward rapidly in support of the infantry
as the latter get beyond the support of the remaining guns. (Field
Artillery Training, Sec.156(4)). Special Parties. 5. Special parties
must be detailed for work subsidiary to the attack, such as bomb
parties, sandbag parties, bayonet parties, entrenching tool parties.
These parties must all be conversant with their various duties.
The idea of the offensive must be inculcated in the grenadier parties,
so that their efforts are directed to bombing so as to assist the
movement to front and flank, rather than to mere defensive work
and blocking approaches. Special attention must be given to repairing
roads, and detachments of R.E., with infantry working parties attached,
must be organized and in position to follow up the attack for clearing
away obstacles and mending roads, to allow free passage for troops.
Special parties for extending and maintaining the telephone wires
must also be organized beforehand (see para.7). R.E.Stores and Materials.
6. Advanced depots of R.E.stores must be established close up behind
our own lines at short intervals along the front of the attack.
The depots should contain material for entanglements, sandbags,
trench-bridging materials, tools, etc. Parties of R.E. with infantry
must be specially detailed to move forward with these stores to
secure positions gained. The experience of NEUVE CHAPELLE gives
a good indication of the nature and quantities of stores required
for any given length of line, and estimates should be framed accordingly
wit regard to the length of the probable successive lines likely
to be required to be placed in a state of defence. Communications.
7. In order that the offensive may be continued without interruption
and be suited to the changing conditions of the fight, the several
commanders must be kept in close touch with the situation; hence
communications must be carefully organised beforehand and adequate
means of getting information back from the front provided. Wherever
possible communications should be triplicated and arrangements made
to carry on communications by flags, lamps, etc. when wires are
broken. This is of the first importance, and all commanders will
give this matter their close attention. The ground over which the
attack is to pass and the localities to be attacked can in most
cases be seen and studied, so far as is possible, therefore, arrangements
should be made beforehand between what points communication by flag
or otherwise is to be established as the attack progresses. the
position of commanders must be carefully thought out and suitably
protected points organized for commanders near their troops. Telegraph
and telephone wires must be buried up to our front trenches, and
arrangements made to push wires on as soon as possible after the
attack has passed beyond them. Staff officers must be pushed well
forward with the object of collecting information and keeping commanders
regularly informed of the situation. With this object in view, positions
of observation and dugouts should be made, and special communications
established beforehand with these places. Special attention must
be given to instructing signal companies in their duties and action
during an advance, and all preparations must be made with a view
to the forward movement being sustained. Divisional Cavalry and
Cyclists. 8. Divisional Cavalry and Cyclists must be kept handy
to push on rapidly as opportunity offers, to anticipate the enemy
in occupying houses and other tactical points, and so facilitating
the advance after the enemy's main lines of defence have been broken.
SECRET General Staff 7th Division 22nd Infantry Brigade.
The G.O.C. wishes all Officers to study the ground
in their front so that they may be able at all times, to identify
features and villages and other permanent marks. It is only by such
a study that they can assist the Artillery in directing their fire.
The relative positions of such places as HAISNES, DOUVRIN, HULLUCH,
WINGLES and VENDIN-le-VIEIL are of importance. In addition, particular
attention should be paid to the enemy's front defensive line, so
that they may be able to easily identify and report on strong places,
junctions of communication trenches, etc. The panoramic sketches
which have been issued will be of great assistance in these reconnaissances.
F. GATHORNE HARDY, Lieut-Col. General Staff 7th Division.
September 8th 1915.
20th Infantry Brigade G.S. 7th Div.No. 811(G)
From receipt of this order, CHAPEL ALLEY will be
used for forward traffic only for the right battalion, and GORDON
ALLEY and HULLUCH ALLEY - East of its junction with GORDON ALLEY
- for forward traffic only for the left battalion. STANSFELD Road
and HULLUCH ALLEY - West of its junction with STANSFELD Road - for
the backward traffic of both battalions. All ranks must be informed
and steps taken by the G.O.C. leading Brigade to see this order
is strictly adhered to. DIV H.Qrs. 8th September, 1915. F.GATHORNE
HARDY, Lieut-Colonel General Staff 7th Division.
Officer Commanding Warwicks
The following telegram received from 7th Division
begins: - G.40 8.9.15. "All troops must use the greatest precautions
against observation when moving about the area now occupied by the
Division AAA They must move in small parties and must avoid moving
over high ground as much as possible" Ends. "7th Division" Forwarded
for information and necessary action. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain, Brigade Major,
20th Infantry Brigade 8th September 1915
SECRET 7th Division 1st Corps 494 (G)
Calibration of Four 8" Howitzers (possibly 6) and
Four 9.2" Howitzers will be taking place at 2.0 p.m. on 9th instant.
Target: - No.8 FOSSE - Rounds 20. (possibly 26), fired slowly. As
retaliation on FOSSE No.9 is possible, will you warn all concerned.
A.S.COBBE, Brigadier-General, General Staff, 1st Corps. 8th
September 1915
Sender's Name: B.M.775 Day of Month: 8 Sept.
1. You will move from LABOURSE to the billets on the
south end of NOYELLES, at present occupied by 1st S.Staffordshire
Regt., to-morrow 9 September. 2. All details as to the taking over
of the billets to be arranged between you and O.C. South Staffords.
3. Special precautions to be taken to prevent detection of the move
by the enemy. 4. Please acknowledge. 6. [sic] A Battn. of the 21st
Inf.Bde. will arrive in LABOURSE about 5 p.m. tomorrow, kindly arrange
to have an officer to hand over Defence Scheme & show them the billets
in LABOURSE if necessary. From 20 Inf.Bde. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain B.M. 20 Inf.Bde.
Officer Commanding 2 Bedf.R.
At 1 p.m. to-morrow 9th instant the general Officer
Commanding 22nd Infantry Brigade will assume Command of all Battalions
from LABOURSE Eastwards. C.C.Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain, Brigade Major,
20th Infantry Brigade. 8th September 1915
20th Infantry Brigade G.S.7th Div.No.811(G)
From receipt of this order, CHAPEL ALLEY will be
used for forward traffic only for the right Battalion, and GORDON
ALLEY and HULLOCH [sic] ALLEY - East of its junction with GORDON
ALLEY - for forward traffic only for the left battalion. STANSFELD
ROAD and HULLOCH ALLEY - West of its junction with STANSFELD Road
- for the backward traffic of both Battalions. All ranks must be
informed and steps taken by the G.O.C. leading Brigade to see this
order is strictly adhered to. F.GATHORNE HARDY, Lieut-Colonel,
General Staff, 7th Divn. 8th September 1915
2/Bedf.R. Operation Order No.29 Ref.Map BETHUNE 1/40,000
9th Sept. 1915
OPERATION 1. The Battalion will take over billets
on the S. end of NOYELLES L.11.d. from the 1st S.Staffordshire Regt.
today. ORDER OF MARCH 2. C.B.D.A.Coys.M.G.Sec.companies will march
by Platoons at 200 Yards intervals. There will be 10 minutes interval
between Companies. The first platoon of "C" Coy. will march at 2
P.M. Signallers will march with first Platoon of C.Coy. and STRETCHER
Bearers in rear of "A" Coy. ROUTE. 3. SAILLY-LABOURSE L.3.b. along
main road to NOYELLES. Special precautions to be taken to prevent
detection of the move by the Enemy. TRANSPORT. 4. Transport will
remain as at present. Orders will be issued separately as regards
Officer Kits. BILLETING PARTIES. 5.(a) Bilelting Parties will meet
the Q.Mr. at NOYELLES CHURCH at 11.30 a.m. (b) Major.
J.C. Monteith [John Cassells MONTEITH] will hand
over the Bn. Billets in LABOURSE to the incoming battalion of the
21st Bde. about 5 p.m. today. RECONNAISSANCE. 6. O.C.Companies will
make arrangements that Officers acquire a good knowledge of the
Trenches and ground in this area. COMMAND. 7. At 1 p.m. today the
General Officer Commanding 22nd Infantry Brigade will assume Command
of all Battalions from LABOURSE Eastwards. TRAFFIC. 8. In Y.2.Section
CHAPEL ALLEY will be used for forward traffic only for the Right
battalion and GORDON ALLEY and HULLUCH ALLEY, East of its Junction
with GORDON ALLEY for forward traffic only for the left Battalion.
STANSFELD ROAD and HULLUCH ALLEY - West of its Junction with STANSFELD
ROAD - for the Backward traffic of both battalions. The Map with
reference to above can be seen at Bn.H.Q. All ranks must be informed
and steps taken to see this order is strictly adhered to. J.W.Hurrell
[John William HURRELL, MC], Capt. Adjt.2/Bedf.R.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bedf.Regt.
The Brigadier wishes Commanding Officers to impress
upon all ranks the importance of showing the utmost zeal and energy
in any work they may be doing. Battalions have always done well
when detached from the Brigade and the Brigadier relies on their
keeping up the reputation of the Brigade for good work. The following
points require the close attention of Commanding Officers: - 1.
MESSAGES AND REPORTS. (a) Too much care cannot be taken over clear
wording and accuracy. Many very inaccurate reports have been sent
in lately. This must be avoided in future and steps taken to check
the accuracy or reliability of messages sent from the front line,
and it should be impressed on all Officers that they should not
make reports until they are sure of their facts. All names of persons
or places should always be in block letters. (b) The continual rendering
of routine returns and reports late and incorrect must be looked
to. A certain number of these are a necessary evil which cannot
be avoided, and punctuality in rendering saves a great deal of inconvenience.
At present the rendering of routine returns by Battalions is far
from satisfactory. 2. ORDERS. Many of the young Officers serving
with battalions at present do not sufficiently realize the importance
of attention to detail in carrying out orders and instructions.
In these days of necessarily most careful arrangements it is essential
that all officers should carry out instructions with absolute accuracy
and should they be in doubt, and time permits, they should not fail
to ask for further information. But at the same time officers should
realise that to ensure secrecy it may be necessary sometimes to
give orders for work without explanation and in all cases the work
should be carried out intelligently without asking the why and wherefore.
3. All Officers are to take every opportunity to study the country
and the ground in front so that they may be able at any time to
lead their platoons or Companies to any spot and to identify villages
and other permanent marks. A clear idea of the enemy's trench system
is of the greatest importance, in order to be easily able to report
on strong places, locate their own positions, etc. 4. Aeroplane
lookouts are to be on duty at all times. The strictest orders are
to be issued to ensure that men do not unnecessarily expose themselves
where hostile aeroplanes are about. 5. The usual orders as to carrying
shovels (200 shovels and 30 picks), carrying sandbags, great coats
etc. will be issued. These points should be considered. Battalions
should also ensure that they are complete with wirecutters, periscopes,
smoke helmets, iron rations, VERY pistols, position marking flags,
etc. Should any difficulty be found in completing in any article
immediate report is to be made to the Brigade Major. 6. The Brigadier
has observed that very many men do not know whether their platoon
or section etc. is in support or reserve or what the local names
of trenches are. In many cases men do not know the names of their
Company Commanders. This is largely due to the young officers not
having been instructed in the small details of soldiering learnt
at "Company Training". Commanding Officers are to give their personal
attention to this and ensure that every man knows at least the name
of the trench he is in, whether his platoon in in support or reserve,
etc. and his way about the Company section of the trenches. It should
also not be possible to find men who do not know the name of their
own Company Commander. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major. Brigade Major,
21st Infantry Brigade 10th September 1915.
SECRET AND URGENT 1st Corps No.3973. Headquarters 7th
Division
There have been a certain number of cases during the
last few months of Officers who have failed to do their duty in
the face of the enemy. In reporting these cases, Officers Commanding
Units have almost invariably asked or recommended that the officers
may be sent home on medical grounds as suffering from nervous breakdown.
It must be clearly understood that failure to carry out their duty
by wither Officers or men can only be excused on medical grounds
when there is a physical incapacity. It has been noticed, however,
that many Officers have been excused who apparently could walk,
run and eat well. Under such conditions any failure to control their
nerves amounts to cowardice, pure and simple. This fact must be
recognised by all Commanding Officers and Medical Officers. The
General Officer Commanding directs that, in future, any Officers
who fail in their duty from incapacity to control their nerves,
unless accompanied by physical disability, are invariably to be
brought to trial for cowardice. In some cases Officers have been
sent home on medical grounds who, if they had been Privates, would
most probably have suffered the death penalty. Such a state of things
cannot be allowed to continue, and is most detrimental to discipline
and to the standard of leadership and hour among Officers. The contents
of this memorandum are to be communicated as "SECRET" to all Brigadiers
and Commanding Officers. Your A.D.M.S. should also be informed,
for the information of such medical officers as he may consider
it desirable to inform. H.N. SARGENT, Brig.Genl. D.A. & Q.M.G.,
1st Corps. 10th Sept., 1915
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt.
From receipt of this order, CHAPEL ALLEY will be
used for forward traffic only for the right battalion, and GORDON
ALLEY and HULLUCH ALLEY - East of its junction with GORDON ALLEY
- for forward traffic only for the left battalion. STANSFELD Road
and HULLUCH ALLEY - West of its junction with STANSFELD Road - for
the backward traffic of both battalions. All ranks must be informed
and steps taken by Commanding Officers to see this order is strictly
adhered to. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major Brigade Major, 21st Infantry
Brigade. 10th September 1915
APPOINTMENTS, COMMISSIONS etc. APPROVED BY THE FIELD
MARSHAL COMMANDING-IN-CHIEF, THE BRITISH ARMY IN FRANCE. General
Headquarters 11th September, 1915. APPOINTMENTS.
Major C.I.Stockwell, D.S.O., 1st Battalion,
Royal Welsh Fusiliers, to be Brigade Major, 59th Infantry Brigade,
vice Captain G.I.Fraser, Cameron Highlanders (to regimental
duty). Dated 23rd August 1915. The undernamed officers to be seconded
for duty with Tunnelling Companies, Royal Engineers, with effect
from the dates stated: - Lieutenant W.E.Cattenach, 1/4th
Battalion, Cameron Highlanders (Territorial Force), 181st Company.
Dated 2nd September 1915 Second Lieutenant H.H.Morris, 3rd
(attached 2nd) Bn. Wiltshire Regiment, 181st Company. Dated 4th
September 1915. The undernamed officers to be ADJUTANTS, with effect
from the dates stated: - Lieut.J.W.Hurrell [John William
HURRELL, MC], 2nd Battalion Bedfordshire Regiment, dated 15th
August 1915. A 39 Boxes rations. B 353 Tins Water. C 60 Boxes Amm.
D 73 Boxes rations. E 342 Tins water. F 44 Boxes Amm. G 75 Boxes
Amm. H 75 Boxes Amm. J 36 Boxes rations. Rations now in No.3 Bay
to be moved to X when finished by R.E. X = sentries to stop anyone
going down. Sentries are to be found for all ration depots These
stores belong to the 20th Inf.Bde. and are on no account to be used
AAA Water tine are to be kept full and sentries placed over all
store depots AAA Sentries are required at the following Junctions
of communication trenches to stop anyone going down same AAA CHAPEL
ALLEY & CURLEY CRESCENT. FOSSE WAY & CURLEY CRESCENT. CHAPEL ALLEY
& CHAPEL KEEP. also 1 N.C.O. & 3 men over the Well in CHAPEL KEEP.
SECRET
1. The following moves will take place tomorrow September
13th. A. 2nd R.Warwicks to LES HARISOIRS. (To be clear of FOUQUEREUIL
by 9 a.m.). B. 2nd Border Regt. to Left Subsection (Y.2.b.) Platoon
Guides of 1st S.Staffords to be at VERMELLES Cross Roads G.8.c.
at 12.30 p.m. Leading Platoon of 2nd Border Regt. to reach above
cross roads at 12.30 p.m. C. 1st S.Staffords from Left Subsection
to VERQUIGNEUL. D. 2nd Gordons from VERQUIN area to NOYELLES. E.
2nd Bedfords from NOYELLES to FOUQUEREUIL. (After work). F. 1st
R.W.Fusrs. from VERQUIGNEUL to LABOURSE. 2. All movements to be
by Companies between LABOURSE and NOYELLES and by Platoons East
of NOYELLES. Troops moving between NOTELLES and VERMELLES will proceed
by the Cross Roads L.18.a. Every precaution is to be taken to avoid
hostile observation. 3. All units in the leading Brigade area will
hand over defence schemes and any other instructions in their possession
relating to working parties. 4. Completion of reliefs to be reported
to 22nd Infantry Brigade Headquarters. E.G.L. THURLOW, Major,
Brigade Major, 22nd Infantry Brigade Sept.12th 1915.
Sender's Number: B.O.77. Day of Month: 13.9.15 Ref:
BETHUNE 1/40,000
1. The Battalion will march by companies into billets
at FOUQUEREUIL E.14.C. to-day. ORDER OF MARCH 2. D.A.B.C.Coys. M.G.Sect.
STARTING POINT 3. Cross-roads L.10.b.10.1. The head of D.Coy. to
pass this point at 11 a.m. Interval of 5 minutes between companies.
ROUTE. 4. SAILLY LABOURSE - VERQUIGNEUL L.1.a. - VERQUIN K.5.a.
- VAUDRICOURT K.4.a.b. - cross-roads E.27 - Bridge E.21.a.28. -
Bridge E.14.d.2.2. KITS. 5. Officers Kits to be ready by 10.30 a.m.
TRANSPORT. 6. Transport will move independently. J.W.Hurrell
[John William HURRELL, MC], Capt., Adjt. 2/Bedf.R. Officer
Commanding Right Subsection Y.2.d. Left Subsection Y.2.b. Battn.
in VERMELLES. Battn. in NOYELLES. From receipt of this order a maintenance
party will be detailed for each of the following named lines of
Communication. 1. CHAPEL ALLEY (including FOSSE WAY) 1 N.C.O. and
4 men from the Battalion in Y.2.a. 2. HULLUCH ALLEY as far as the
Junction with GORDON ALLEY, STANSFELD ROAD, LEEWAY, QUEENS LANE,
1 N.C.O. and 4 men from the Battalion in Y.2.b. 3. GORDON ALLEY
and its continuation of HULLOCH ALLEY. 1 N.C.O. and 4 men from the
Battalion in Y.2.b. These parties will not be struck off permanently
for this work, but will take their turn in the ordinary trench routine.
They will be responsible for the maintenance of these Trenches and
the removal of loose stones and sandbags. The Battalions in occupation
of the line will be responsible for all other communications and
trenches in their areas. All previous orders on this subject are
hereby cancelled. E.G.L.THURLOW, Major, Brigade Major, 22nd
Infantry Brigade. 13.9.15.
Officer Commanding [Unit - From - To - Remarks]
1. The following moves will take place Thursday September
16th. 2nd Bn.Queens - Right Sub-section - Bivouac in VERQUIN area
- Complete relief by 5 p.m. 2nd Bedfords - VERQUIN area - Right
sub-section - Complete relief by 5 p.m. 1st R.W.Fusrs. - NOYELLES
- LABOURSE - NOYELLES to be clear by 9 a.m.* 2nd R.S.Fusrs. - LABOURSE
- NOYELLES - LABOURSE to be clear by 9 a.m.* Guides from the 2nd
Bn. Queens will be at the cross roads G.8.c.3.10 at 2 p.m. Leading
platoon 2nd Bedfords to reach above cross roads at 2 p.m. Friday
September 17th 2nd Border Regt - Left sub-section - LABOURSE - Complete
relief by 5 p.m. 4th Cameron Hrs - VERQUIN area - Left Sub-section
- Complete relief by 5 p.m. 2nd Wilts Rgt - VERQUIN area - VERMELLES
- In relief of 8th Devons 8th Devon Rgt - VERMELLES - VERQUIN area
- VERMELLES to be clear by 9 a.m.* 2nd Gordons - NOYELLES - VERQUIN
area - NOYELLES to be clear by 9 a.m.* 2nd Yorks Rgt - VERQUIN area
- NOYELLES - in relief of 2nd Gordons 2nd Queens - Bivouac VERQUIN
area - BUSNETTES - VERQUIN area to be clear by 9 a.m. 1st R.W.Fusrs
- LABOURSE - GONNEHEM - LABOURSE to be clear by 9 a.m. Guides from
the 2nd Borders will be at the cross roads VERMELLES G.8.c.3.10.
at 2 p.m. Leading platoon 4th Camerons to reach the above cross
roads at 2 p.m. * These remarks refer to clearance of areas by impedimenta
etc. and not to working parties, which, after completion of their
day's work will withdraw to their new billets. 2. All movements
to be by Companies between LABOURSE and NOYELLES and by platoons
East of NOYELLES. Troops moving between NOYELLES and VERMELLES will
proceed by the cross roads L.18.a. 3. All Units in the leading Brigade
area will hand over defence schemes and any other instructions in
their possession. 4. Completion of reliefs in leading Brigade area
to be reported to Brigade Headquarters CHATEAU NOYELLES. 22nd Infantry
Brigade Headquarters will close at CHATEAU NOYELLES at 11 a.m. September
17th. and open at GONNEHEM at the same hour. 21st Infantry Brigade
will take over Command of the troops in the leading Brigade area
at 11 a.m. September 17th. E.G.L.THURLOW, Major. Brigade
Major 22nd Infantry Brigade. 14th Sept.
To: - QUEENS. Sender's Number. S.C.204. Day of Month.
14th.
Please ensure that there is a sentry over every water
and ration store in your section are AAA Any water tins that have
been interfered with are to be refilled at once AAA On no account
are the water or ration depots to be interfered with AAA I understand
that in various sidings of CHAPEL ALLEY and FOSSE WAY boxes and
tins have been dumped till the depots have been made AAA These depots
are now ready and the stuff should be stored into them at once.
22nd Inf.Bde.
Operation Order 31. Ref. Map. BETHUNE 1/40000 15th Sept.15.
OPERATION 1. The battalion will relieve the Queens
in Y.2.A. tomorrow. Relief to be completed by 5 p.m. ORDER OF MARCH.
2. Hd.Qrs. A.C.B.D. Coys. STARTING POINT. 3. BRIDGE E.14.d.2.1.
the head of "A" Coy. will pass the starting point at 10.30 a.m.
ROUTE. 4. BRIDGE E.21.a.1.8. - VAUDRICOURT - VERQUIGNEUL - road
junction L.2.a.7.5. - road junction L.2.d.7.6. SAILLY-LABOURSE -
road junction G.20.a.2.8. - BREWERY VERMELLES G.8.c.3.10. Between
LABOURSE and NOYELLES the battalion will move by companies. Between
NOYELLES and VERMELLES by platoons. the leading platoon to be at
the BREWERY at 2 p.m. where guides will meet them. TAKING OVER.
5. "A" Coy. will take over from the right right [sic] flank Coy.
"C" Coy. from the Left. "B" and "D" Coys. in support. One Officer
per Coy. the Bn.Sergt.Major and Bn.Signallers will be at the BREWERY
VERMELLES at noon, where guides will meet them. OFFICERS KITS. 6.
Officers kits will be ready by 9 a.m. Trench kits will be kept separate
and collected at the same time. TRANSPORT. 7. Transport will march
independently. MACHINE GUN SECT. 8. Special instructions will be
issued. J.W.Hurrell [John William HURRELL, MC], Capt.,
Adjt. 2 Bedf.R.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
The following moves will take place as under: On September
16th. The Queens will be relieved in Y.2.A. by the 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire
Regiment. Relief will be complete by 5 p.m. All details will be
arranged direct between Commanding Officers concerned. On relief
the 2nd Queens will move to Bivouac in VERQUIN Area. Locality will
be communicated later. The 1st Royal Welsh Fusiliers will move to
LABOURSE exchanging billets with the 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers
who will move to NOYELLES Lines. Battalions will be clear of their
respective areas by 9 a.m. On September 17th. The 2nd Border Regiment
will be relieved in Y.2.B. by the 1/4th Cameron Highlanders and
will move to billets in LABOURSE. Relief to be complete by 5 p.m.
All details of the relief to be arranged direct between Commanding
Officers concerned. M.G. will be relieved by the M.G. of the 2nd
Bn. Wiltshire Regiment. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment will move
from VERQUIN to VERMELLES and will take over billets from 8th Devonshire
Regiment who will move to VERQUIN. Battalions will be clear of their
respective areas by 9 a.m. The 2nd Bn. Gordon Highlanders will move
to VERQUIGNEUL and relieve the 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment who will
move to billets in NOYELLES. Battalions to be clear of their respective
areas by 8.30 a.m. The 1st Royal Welsh Fusiliers will move from
LABOURSE to GONNEHEM and take over billets from 9th Bn. Devonshire
Regiment. LABOURSE to be clear by 9 a.m. 1. All movements between
LABOURSE and NOYELLES will be by Companies and between NOYELLES
and VERMELLES by platoons. 2. Clearance of areas refers to impedimenta
etc. and not to working parties which after completion of their
day's work will withdrew to their new billets. GEORGE CROSSMAN,
Major, Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade 15th September 1915
Officer Commanding Bedfordshire Regt.
The A.D.M.S., 7th Division reports that the sanitary
conditions of VERMELLES and NOYELLES, is such, that unless immediate
action is taken, these places, will soon become uninhabitable. The
following points need immediate attention: - 1. There are no arrangements
for the men washing, and in consequence this is being done at the
pumps and the dirty water is percolating into the wells and fouling
the supply. Special ablution arrangements are urgently required.
2. Jam and beef tins and all kinds of food refuse are being thrown
into empty houses and other such places, instead of being burned
and immediately buried. 3. Fly proof latrines are not being generally
used, but the vicinity is rapidly becoming polluted by the use of
open trenches, many of a shallow nature. 4. Horse manure is also
being dumped into empty houses instead of being scattered on farm
land. Will you please make every endeavour to remedy these unsatisfactory
conditions, and employ what men you can to clean the area. It is
realised that with such frequent changes, sanitary conditions are
not easy to maintain, but it is essential that steps be taken at
once to prevent the matter becoming serious. Please hand this letter
over to Battalion which relieves you. H.F.CHADS, Captain,
Staff captain 21st Infantry Bde. 16th September 1915.
To: - QUEENS BORDERS 9th DEVONS Sender's Number B.M.24.
Day of Month 16th
The brigadier insists that you arrange for a systematic
inspection of the trenches at least twice daily to note damage done
by enemys fire and to repair the same by night aaa It is of the
utmost importance that we do not get behind hand with this work
the right subsection will be responsible for STANSFELD ROAD as far
back as junction keep, the left subsection from thence to INGLIS
KEEP aaa The VERMELLES bn. will be responsible for CROSSWAY aaa
Please give this your most carful [sic] attention and pass to relieving
bns aaa acknowledge 21st BDE.
To: - Bedfords. Sender's Number. S.C.79. Day of Month.
16.
There are certain water and ration depots in the
trenches over which sentries are to be posted AAA These will be
pointed out by outgoing Battns AAA These depots are not to be interfered
with and should be visited once daily by an officer AAA Any of the
water tins which are found empty are to be at once refilled. 21st
Inf.Bde. H.F.CHADS, Capt. S.C.
To: - Handed to O.C. BORDER Rt.
Work still to be done. Trench from SAP 2 to HULLUCH
Rd. to be deepened to 5ft. 6 inches. 2 ft. at bottom: - Wire along
whole front. CHAPEL ALLEY to be deepened. All holes in parapets
(underneath) to be filled up with sandbags. Officer Commanding Y.2.A.
Subsector Although all, or most of, the heavy work has now been
completed there remains a great deal of most important maintenance
work to be carried out. This must be unceasingly carried out by
the Garrison. With this object Subsector Commanders will arrange
for every piece of trench in their area to be inspected once during
the forenoon and once during the afternoon. Repairs that can be
carried out by daylight will be taken in hand immediately reported.
Those that can be done by night will be commenced immediately it
is dark enough. The utmost care is to be taken that loose earth,
sandbags, etc. are not allowed to remain in the bottom of the trenches.
The front trench could, with advantage, be deepened in many places,
especially between CHAPEL ALLEY and HULLUCH ROAD. This will be carried
out in daylight by the troops occupying the trenches. The Battalion
billeted in VERMELLES will be responsible for the maintenance of
CROSS WAY. This memorandum is to be read in conjunction with 22nd
Infantry Brigade letter C/65 of Sept.13th and the Brigadier directs
that Commanding Officers give the matter their close personal attention.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
17th September 1915.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regt.
For information and necessary action. When a relief
takes place in the trenches the relieving Battalions should be fully
informed of this system. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major, Brigade
Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 18th September 1915
The system of Artillery retaliation is as follows:
- 18 pdrs and 4.5" Howitzers can be turned on at once by the F.O.O.
attached to the Headquarters of Battalions in front line. 4.5" Howitzer
ammunition is valuable and must be economised. If more is needed,
a message must be sent to the Headquarters of the Infantry Brigade
holding the line. These Headquarters are directly connected with
a group of 6" Howitzers (Col.Napier). If more still is needed,
the Head Quarters of the Infantry Brigade holding the line must
ring up Head Quarters 7th Divnl. Artillery, who can call upon the
following: - Heavy Howitzer Group (Col.Tancred). Counter
Battery Group against AUCHY (Col.Brake). Counter Battery
Group against LOOS (Col.Poole). In order that the right sort
of Artillery may be turned on, Infantry Officers asking for retaliation
will recognize the importance of including in their message the
direction from which the hostile fire is coming, and approximately
the calibre of the hostile projectile. Infantry Commanders must
also remember the importance of economising Artillery ammunition
for serious operations, and must not therefore unnecessarily demand
Artillery retaliation. It must also be remembered that the whole
of the area of operations is kept under view all day by F.O.O's
in many localities, and these are responsible for ordering retaliation
on their own initiative if the enemy develops heavy fire against
our trenches. 18th September 1915
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regt.
It is of the highest importance that the conversation
of men in the leading trenches is not overheard by hostile patrols.
For this reason, orders are to be given quietly in these trenches,
and voices are not to be raised. There is to be as little talking
as possible in front trenches. Our own patrols must keep the ground
in front clear of hostile patrols, so that these cannot get up within
earshot of our front line. Officers must be active always to see
these orders are carried out, especially by night, and by day in
places where the ground admits of hostile patrols creeping up. This
memorandum is to be passed to relieving Troops. GEORGE CROSSMAN,
Major, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 18th September
1915
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regt.
In the event of our coming into possession of towns
or villages now held by the enemy it would be advisable to subject
to a vigorous examination all persons found in, or known to be connected
with houses marked by the enemy "Gute Leute, zu schonen" or "zu
schonen: alles Vergeben". ["Good people, to be protected" and "to
be protected: pardon everything"] They should on no account be allowed
to leave the town or villages unless found to be satisfactory. The
cellars of the house should be carefully examined for underground
telephone communications. Requisition slips given by the Germans
should be collected and sent to the General Staff for identification
purpose. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Brigade. 18th September 1915
October 1915
Special Order of the Day.
The Field-Marshal Commanding-in-Chief has received
the following message from His Majesty the King: - To - Field-Marshal
SIR JOHN FRENCH Commander-in-Chief, British Expeditionary Force
30th September, 1915 "I heartily congratulate
you and all ranks of my Army under your command upon the success
which has attended their gallant efforts since the commencement
of the combined attack. I recognise that this strenuous and determined
fighting is but the prelude to greater deeds and further victories.
I trust the sick and wounded are doing well. GEORGE, R.I". The following
reply has been sent: - To - HIS MAJESTY THE KING Buckingham Palace
1st October, 1915. "Your Majesty's Forces in France are deeply grateful
for your Majesty's most gracious message AAA There is no sacrifice
the troops are not prepared to make to uphold the honour and traditions
of your majesty's Army and to secure final and complete victory.
J.D.P.FRENCH, Field-Marshal"
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.82 6th October,
1915.
1. The 21st Infantry Brigade will tomorrow extend
its left up to and including BOYAU 16 A 21.d.2.2. 2. The 2nd Bn.Royal
Scots Fusiliers will relieve the 9th Devonshire Regiment in the
extra piece of line thus taken over. Details of the relief will
be settled between Commanding Officers concerned. relief to be complete
by 12 noon. 3. The 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment will furnish a garrison
of one Platoon and one Machine Gun in SIM'S KEEP and one Platoon
in LEWIS KEEP. The 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers will furnish a
garrison of one platoon in ARTHURS KEEP. Each of these keeps should
at once be supplied with two day's reserve rations, water and 100
rounds per man reserve ammunition. Reports will be rendered when
these stores are complete. 4. From noon tomorrow LEWIS ALLEY and
BURBURE ALLEY will only be used for Forward traffic and MAISON ROUGE
and WILSONS WAY for Rearward traffic only. 5. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire
Regiment will move tomorrow to billets in ANNEQUIN. Billeting area
will be communicated separately. Move to be complete by 12 noon.
6. Completion of all moves to be reported to Brigade Head Quarters.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.83 12th October,
1915. Reference Trench Map 1/10,000.
1. The XIth Corps will tomorrow attack and capture
the QUARRIES and FOSSE 8, connecting with our present system of
trenches about the VERMELLES AUCHY Road. The attack on the QUARRIES
will be the left Brigade of the 46th Division, and will attack with
its left from G.4.a.7.2. directed on to A.29.c.1.6. BOMBING parties
will follow the assault and bomb along LITTLE WILLIE and FOSSE TRENCH,
with the object of gaining MAD POINT. 2nd Division will bomb up
NEW TRENCH in co-operation with the 46th DIVISION bombing parties.
The Indian Corps, North of the Canal, will demonstrate with smoke.
2. The 7th Division will co-operate in this attack by a gas and
smoke attack, if the wind proves favourable, and with machine gun
fire. Smoke bombs will be thrown as far to the front of our trenches
as possible. 3. The hour of zero has been fixed for 1 p.m. Time
table for gas attack will be as under: - 1 p.m. to 1-50 p.m. Gas
and Smoke. Start with gas and smoke simultaneously. At the commencement
turn on two cylinders per bay at the same time, then reduce to one
cylinder per bay, and finish up with two cylinders per bay. 1-50
p.m. to 2 p.m. Smoke. Turn off gas at 1-50 p.m. and thicken up smoke
by using extra candles, grenades, etc. 2 p.m. Assault. Orders as
to throwing of Smoke Bombs are issued on separate slips. 4. 21st
Infantry Brigade will cover the assault with M.G. fire under instructions
issued separately to Brigade Machine Gun Officer. The remainder
of the Machine guns of the Brigade will fire on the hostile front
and communication trenches from 1 p.m. to 2 p.m. 5. At the end of
the accessory attack Battalions will ascertain by means of patrols
(i) Whether the enemy has been overwhelmed by the gas in his front
trench (ii) If so how far his trenches are unoccupied. As an artillery
barrage is to be expected between our and the hostile line the utmost
endeavour is to be made to ensure patrol reports getting back. Red
and blue diagonal flags will be carried by patrols to mark their
advance. 6. The artillery covering our front will keep the hostile
front trenches under Artillery fire between 1 and 2 p.m. At 2 p.m.
they will lift 200 yards as so to [sic] allow the advance of the
patrols. 7. The following distinguishing flags will be used: - 46th
Division. To mark the position of infantry in the firing line 3'
square screens divided diagonally into red and yellow. To mark position
of bombing parties in captured trenches Red flag 18" square. 2nd
Division To mark the position of bombing parties in captured trenches.
Yellow screens, reverse side khaki. Men raising caps on bayonets
will also be used to denote the position gained by the 2nd Division
bombers. 8. Battalions in the trenches will keep their reserve companies
in readiness to move at a moments notice and the Bedfords and Camerons
will be ready to move at any moment after 2 p.m. The Officer Commanding
Bedfords and Camerons and O.C. 54th Coy R.E. will report to the
Brigadier at Advance Brigade Headquarters at 12.45 p.m. All troops
are to be kept under cover and not allowed to collect in open spaces
which are liable to be shelled. The Officer Commanding Bedfordshire
Regiment will establish an Officers post at CAMBRIN supporting point
to see that no unnecessary crowding takes place in that area. 9.
Watches will be set by Signal time at 9.30 a.m. tomorrow morning.
11. [sic] Advance Brigade Headquarters will at 12.45 p.m. move to
MAISON ROUGE. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major. Brigade Major, 21st
Infantry Brigade
To: Bedfords.
Sender's Number: - Bm 01. Day of Month: - 14 You
will be relieved by the 8th Devons today time uncertain. GEORGE
CROSSMAN, Major, B.M. 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE
OPERATION ORDER No.84 Reference 1/10,000 Trench Map
and 1/40,000 map.
1. The Brigade will be relieved by the 20th Infantry
Brigade this afternoon. the 2nd Gordon Highlanders will take over
the line from R.1. (inclusive) to the VERMELLES - RAILWAY TRIANGLE
Road (exckusive). The 9th Devonshire Regiment from the VERMELLES
- RAILWAY TRIANGLE Road (inclusive) to BOYAU 19 (inclusive) The
2nd Border Regiment from BOYAU 19 (exclusive) to the BETHUNE - LA
BASSEE Road (inclusive) and will also garrison BRADDEL POINT. 2.
Platoon guides will meet relieving Battalions at Brigade Headquarters
as follows: - 2nd Border Regiment 2 p.m. who will go in by the LANE.
9th Devonshire Regiment 2.30 p.m. who will go in by BURBURE ALLEY.
2nd Gordon Highlanders 3 p.m. who will go in by BURBURE ALLEY. The
2nd Yorkshire Regiment and Royal Scots Fusiliers will both come
out by WILSONS WAY and the Wiltshire Regiment by MAISON ROUGE ALLEY.
A guide from each Machine Gun will be at Brigade Headquarters at
12 noon. 3. Details of the relief will be arranged between Commanding
Officers concerned. 4. Trench stores and bombs will be handed over.
5. Battalions on relief will withdraw to Billets as follows: - Bedfordshire
Regiment to the Border Regiment Billets in BEUVRY. Yorkshire Regiment
to the 8th Devon Regiment Billets in ESSARS. Royal Scots Fusiliers
to the 9th Devon Regiment Billets FERME DU ROI Wiltshire Regiment
to the 2nd Gordon Billets in LE QUESNOY. Cameron Highlanders to
the 6th Gordon Highrs. Billets in LE PREOL. Transport will be with
Battalions. 6. Completion of relief will be reported to Brigade
Headquarters which will then move to BEUVRY. GEORGE CROSSMAN,
Major, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
To: BEDFORDS.
Sender's Number: - B.M.3. Day of Month: - 14th Reference
O.O.84 The Gordons will hold from R.1. to T.1 both inclusive aaa
The 9th Devons from thence to BOYAU 19 inclusive.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.85 Reference
1:40,000 Map Sheet 36.A. 17th October, 1915
1. The Brigade will move to new Billets this afternoon
as follows: - 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regt. BOURECQ E. 2nd Bn.Yorkshire
Regiment. MANQUEVILLE. 2nd Bn.Royal Scots Fusiliers. ST HILAIRE
N.W. 2nd Bn.Wiltshire Regiment ST HILAIRE S.E. 1/4th Cameron Highlanders.
BOURECQ W. 21st Field Ambulance. ST HILAIRE N (T.5.b.) Lewis Gun
Class attached to 2nd Bn.Bedfordshire Regiment No.9 Trench Mortar
Battery attached to 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regt. No.3 Coy. Train Baggage
Section T.6.d.9.5. North of the road Exact areas have been communicated
to billeting parties. 2. The GONNEHEM Area is to be cleared by [blank]
and the new area not entered before 4 p.m. 3. Routes available.
Any roads north of the CHOCQUES - LILLERS Road. 4. Completion of
move will be reported to Brigade Headquarters which will close at
GONNEHEM at 3 p.m. and open at CHATEAU ST HILAIRE (T.11.b.3.3) at
that hour. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major. Brigade Major, 21st Infantry
Brigade.
SECRET INFORMATION REGARDING ASPHYXIATING GAS.
1. It appears that a certain amount of doubt and
misgiving exists among the troops in regard to the use of gas. The
operations of the 25th September have disclosed information which
should be of value in restoring confidence and which should, consequently,
be made known to the troops. 2. There is no doubt that our gas is
effective against the enemy under certain conditions of weather
and surprise. Evidence from responsible persons has been obtained
that in the village of LOOS and in certain places in the German
trenches where the wind was favourable, the gas had great physical
effect on the enemy. Many were found dead in dug-outs and cellars
who had received no wounds, their death being due to gas. 3. On
the other hand, there is conclusive evidence that if our troops
are properly practised and trained, and accustomed to the wearing
of the tube helmet, there is no cause for alarm at the bursting
of a gas cylinder or the defective discharge of gas in our own trenches,
especially if vermoral sprayers are kept handy. The fact that our
helmet is an absolute protection if properly worn must be impressed
on all ranks. 4. It was undoubtedly the case that a certain number
of our own troops were gassed owing to the bursting of cylinders
and to the defective discharge of the gas. This was to a large extent
due to the want of knowledge and practice in wearing the tube helmet,
and is evidence of the fact that considerably more training in the
use of tube helmets is required. 5. A large number of men reported
sick at the dressing stations and field ambulances purporting to
be suffering from the effects of gas. Nearly all these men, however,
were merely out of breath from running and were suffering from excitement
and fright; they required no treatment and were discharged at once.
A considerable proportion of them were recognised as habitual malingerers.
Oct 19th, 1915 R.BUTLER, Major-General, General Staff. First
Army Officer
Commanding 2nd Bedfords.
It is practically certain that the Brigade will not
move tonight. The Brigade may be required to move tomorrow, but
no orders have yet been received. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major.
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 19th October, 1915.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
The 7th Division is taking over the trenches tomorrow.
The 21st Brigade will be in support. Be prepared to move anytime
after 4-30 p.m. this afternoon. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major: Brigade
Major, 21st Infantry Brigade. 19th October, 1915.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.87. 23rd October,
1915
1. The Brigade will relieve the 20th Infantry Brigade
in the Trenches tomorrow. 2. The 1/4th Cameron Highlanders will
relieve the 2nd Bn. Border Regiment in B.3. Sub-section. Guides
at WINDY CORNER at 10-30 a.m. They will find a garrison of 2 sections
for POPPY REDOUBT. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment will relieve the
9th Bn. Devonshire Regiment in B.1 Sub-section. Guides at PONT FIXE
at 10-30 a.m. The 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment will relieve the
8th Bn. Devonshire Regiment in B.2 Sub-section. Guides at WINDY
CORNER at 11 a.m. They will find the following garrisons: - MARIE
redoubt 2 Sections. HILDERS Redoubt 2 Section. GIVENCHY KEEP. 1
Platoon. MOAT HOUSE 1 Platoon. HERTS Redoubt 2 Sections. All details
will be arranged between Commanding Officers direct. 3. The 2nd
Bn. Yorkshire Regiment will be billeted in LE QUESNOY with two companies
at WINDY CORNER. These two Companies will furnish garrisons of two
Sections each for ORCHARD and SPOILBANK Redoubts behind the 2nd
Bn. Wiltshire Regiment. these garrisons will rendezvous with the
2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment at PONT FIXE at 10.30 a.m. The remainder
will be in reserve and will take over billets at WINDY CORNER at
11.30 a.m., the remainder of the Battalion taking over their billets
in LE QUESNOY at 11 a.m. The 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers will
be billeted in LE PREOL arriving there at 12 noon. All garrisons
for Redoubts and Keeps will be told off before arrival at the rendezvous
where guides will meet them. The Machine Guns of the 1/4th Cameron
Highrs. Wiltshire and Bedfordshire Regiments and 3 guns of the Yorkshire
Regiment will rendezvous at the entrance to QUEENS ROAD trench at
12 noon and report to Lieut. SAMUT. Guides will meet them
there. All forward traffic will be by the South bank and all rearward
traffic by the North bank of the Canal. Completion of all reliefs
and moves will be reported to Brigade Headquarters which after 1
p.m. will be at CANAL HOUSE F.10.b.2.3. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major.
Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
2/BN. BEDFORDSHIRE REGIMENT. OPERATION ORDER No.38.
Reference: - MAP 1/40,000 BETHUNE 28th Oct. 1915.
1. The Battalion will be relieved by the ROYAL WELSH
FUSILIERS and QUEENS Regiment tomorrow 29th. 2. One guide from each
platoon to be at CORNER of VAUXHALL BRIDGE ROAD near Bn. H.Q. at
1-30 P.M. to guide ROYAL WELSH FUSILIERS. One Guide each from GIVENCHY,
MAIRE [sic], HILDERS, MOUNTED [sic] FARM, and HERTS REDOUBTS to
be at WINDY CORNER, 1-30 P.M. to Guide QUEENS Regiment who will
take over these POSTS. 3. MACHINE GUNS will be relieved under orders
of LIEUT. SAMUT. One Guide from each GUN to be at VAUXHALL
BRIDGE at 12 NOON. 4. the TWO Bandoliers per man will be collected
near WESTMINSTER BRIDGE by S.A.A. Carts at 300x distance. "H" Coy's
Cart leading. 5. All Bombs and Trench Stores, detail of work in
progress and maintenance parties etc. will be handed over to relieving
Units and receipts taken. 6. Separate Orders have been issued to
transport. 7. M.Officers and H.Qs Cart to be loaded at Bn. H.Q.
by 1-30 P.M. MESS Kit to be at Bn. H.Q. at 1-15 p.m. 8. Competion
of Relief will be reported by Telephone. 9. In leaving the Trenches
A Company will use KILBY WALK B Company will use HATFIELD ROAD.
10. After relief Companies will move independently by Platoons to
GORRE. where Bn. will form up on N side of CANAL. Head of BN at
GORRE BRIDGE "A" Company leading: Drummers will join the Transport
at 10-30 A.M. and meet the Bn at GORRE BRIDGE at 2-30 P.M. H.MAYNE,
Capt. Adjt. 2/Bed.R.
21st INFANTY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.88. 28th October,
1915.
1. The Brigade will be relieved by the 22nd Infantry
Brigade tomorrow. 2. The 1/4th Cameron Highlanders at 1 p.m. by
the Queens Regiment. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment at 1 p.m. by
the Royal Warwick Regt. The 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment at 1-30
p.m. by the Royal Welsh Fusiliers. 3. Platoon guides for the Queens
Regiment and Royal Welsh Fusiliers will be at WINDY CORNER and for
the Royal Warwickshire Regiment at PONT FIXE at the above hours.
4. Guides from ORCHARD and SPOILBANK Redoubts will be at PONT FIXE
at 1 p.m. to meet the Royal Warwickshire Regiment. Guides from MAIRIE,
HILDERS, POPPY, GIVENCHY KEEP, MOATED FARM and HERTS REDOUBT will
be at WINDY CORNER at 1-30 p.m. to meet the Queens Regiment who
will take over these posts. 5. A guide from each machine Gun will
be at VAUXHALL Bridge at 12 noon. Guns will be relieved under the
orders of Lieut. SAMUT. 6. A guide from MARAIS E and MARAIS
S.W. will be at Brigade Headquarters at 12 noon. 7. No.9 Trench
Mortar Battery will send a guide to WINDY CORNER at 12 noon. 8.
All bombs and trench stores, detail of work in progress and maintenance
parties etc. will be handed to relieving units. 9. Details of the
relief will be settled between Commanding Officers concerned. 10.
Battalions on relief will move to billets as follows, moving by
North bank of Canal. 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. BELLERIVE. Taking
over from the Queens. 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regt. and No.9 trench Mortar
Battery Road through V.4. 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers. MONT BERNENCHON.
Taking over from South Staffordshire Regiment. 2nd Bn. Wiltshire
Regiment. LES HARISOIRS. Taking over from Royal Warwickshire Regiment.
1/4th Cameron Highlanders. HINGETTE. Taking over from Royal Welsh
Fusiliers. Billets will be taken over direct from Battalions of
the 22nd Infantry Brigade. 11. Completion of relief will be reported
to Brigade Headquarters which will then move to V.4.c. Central.
GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major, Brigade Major, 21st Infantry Brigade.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.89. October
31st, 1915.
1. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment will, on November
1st, move to LE PREOL, and be employed under Divisional orders for
working parties. LE PREOL will not be entered before 3 p.m. 2. 1/4th
Cameron Highlanders will, on November 1st move from HINGETTE and
take over the Wiltshire's billets in LES HARISOIRS, under arrangements
to be made direct between Commanding Officers. HINGETTE will be
clear by 1-30 p.m. 3. Completion of moves will be reported to Brigade
Headquarters. GEORGE CROSSMAN, Major. Brigade Major, 21st
Infantry Brigade.
|
|
November 1915
21st Brigade Operation Order No.90. Nov. 2nd 1915 Reference
1:40,000 Map BETHUNE (combined sheet)
1. The Brigade will exchange billets with the 22nd
Bde. Tomorrow. (a) The Bedfordshire Regt. With the Royal Welch Fusiliers
in BETHUNE arriving there at Noon. (b) The Yorkshire Regt. With
"the Queens" at ESSARS arriving there at Noon. (c) The R.S.F. with
the Royal Warwickshire Regt. At FERME du ROI and starting at Noon.
(d) The Cameron Highlanders with the South Staffordshire Regt. at
HINGETTE and starting at Noon. 2. The Wiltshire Regt. will remain
at LE PREOL. 3. No.9 Trench Mortar Battery will move and be billeted
with the Yorkshire Regt. at ESSARS. 4. Completion of all moves will
be reported to 22nd Bde. H.Q. at the HALTE W.30.a.9.9. to which
point Bde. H.Q. will move on completion of the relief. George Crossman,
Maj. Brigade Major 21st Inf. Brigade. Officer Commanding, 2nd Bn.
Bedfordshire Regt. Operation Order No.90 of today is cancelled.
The 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment will move into billets in BETHUNE
tomorrow, and on November 4th, will, with the 2nd Bn. Wiltshire
Regiment take over half the GIVENCHY Section from the 20th Brigade.
Further orders will be issued later. George Crossman, Major.
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
2nd November, 1915. 21st Brigade Operation Order No.
91. Nov. 2nd 1915 Reference 1:10,000 trench Map
1. The Yorkshire Regiment will move tomorrow to BETHUNE
and take over the Billets of the Royal Welch Fusiliers in ECOLE
des FILLES, BETHUNE not to be entered before 2 p.m. 2. The Wiltshire
Regiment will tomorrow pass temporarily under the command of the
G.O.C. 20th Brigade. 3. These two Bns. will take over the trenches
from SHAFTESBURY AVENUE (inclu.) to the CANAL on Nov. 4th. 4. Completion
of relief will be reported to Brigade H.Q. 5. No.9 trench Mortar
Battery will accompany the Yorks. Regt. George Crossman, Maj.
Brigade -Major, 21st Inf.Bde.
2/Bedf. R. Operation Order No.39 Ref. Map BETHUNE 1/40,000
Combined Sheet. 3rd November, 1915.
1. The Battalion will move to BETHUNE tomorrow &
take over billets from 2/YORKSHIRE Regt. 2. Companies will form
up as follows, H.Q. A. B. C. D. Coys. & M.G. Sections. A Coy. Leading
- Head of A. Co. will be at the CRICIFIX at 2.30 p.m. at which time
the Bn. will march. 3. Billeting Parties will meet the Q.Mr. at
12 Noon at the Town Majors Office BETHUNE. 4. All Kits etc. to be
ready for loading at 1 p.m. Blankets (Rolled in bundles of Ten)
will be stacked at "B" Coys. farm by 9.30 a.m. L.F. Beal,
[Leonard Frank BEAL, MC] Lieut. A/Adjutant, 2/Bed. R.
21st Brigade Operation Order No. 92 Nov. 3rd 1915 Reference
1:40,000 Map BETHUNE. 1:10,000 Trench Map.
1. The following moves will take place tomorrow: -
2. (a) The Yorkshire Regt. will relieve portions of the 8th and
9th Devons in the Trenches from SHAFTESBURY AVENUE (inclu.) to BAKER
ST. (exclu.) and Garrison ORCHARD REDOUBT with 1 Platoon. (b) The
Wiltshire Regt. will relieve the 8th Devons from BAKER St. (inclu.)
to the Canal and Garrison SPOIL BANK and the KEEP of PONT FIXE (North)
with one Platoon each. 3. Guides will meet the Wiltshire Regt. at
PONT FIXE at 10 a.m. and the Yorkshire Regt. at VAUXHALL Bridge
at the same hour. 4. Machine Gun guides will be at VAUXHALL BR at
9 a.m. The guns of the Yorkshire Regt., Wiltshire Regt and 2 guns
of the Cameron Highlanders will meet the A/B.M.G.O. there at that
hour. 5. The Cameron Highlanders will move to LE PREOL and take
over the billets vacated by the Wiltshire Regt. arriving there at
noon. They will furnish "house-maiding" parties of 1 N.C.O. and
3 men each for WESTMINSTER BR., MARAIS E and MARAIS S.W. Guides
will meet these parties at 22nd Bde. H.Q. F.10.b.2.3. at 10 a.m.
6. The Bedford Regt. will move to BETHUNE and take over the Billets
vacated by the Yorkshire Regt., arriving there at 4 p.m. 7. the
R.S.F. will remain in their present Billets tomorrow and on the
5th inst. will move to FERME DU ROI starting at 1 p.m. 8. No.9 T.M.Battery
will accompany the Yorkshires and be billeted with the Reserve Coy.
of that Regt. 9. Completion of all moves will be reported to Brigade
H.Q. which at noon tomorrow will move to CHATEAU QUESNOY F.8.b.8.1.
George Crossman, Maj. Brigade Maj. 21st Inf. Brigade.
SECRET Defence Scheme
The line held by the Brigade extends from the Canal
to SHAFTESBURY AVENUE. 1. It is divided into CANAL to WILLOW ROAD
B.1. WILLOW ROAD to SHAFTESBURY AVENUE B.2.(a). 2. Each subsection
is held by 1 Battalion with 2 Coys. in Front and support Trenches.
1 Coy. in support and finding garrisons for "Keeps". 1 Coy. in Reserve.
It is essential that each Bn. should have one Company, at least,
intact for immediate offensive action. Machine Guns in the line
5. 3. H.Q. of Right Bn. in B.1. are at SPOILBANK. H.Q. of Left Bn.
in B.2.(a) are on PONT FIXE Road. Brigade H.Q. at CHATEAU QUESNOY.
Advanced H.Q. CANADIAN FM. 4. The Defensive System consists of:
- 1. The Front System i.e. Firing line, supporting line and certain
supporting points. 2. The Village Line running through PONT FIXE
& WINDY CORNER. 3. The LE TOURET LINE. 5. Supporting Points. SPOILBANK
1 Platoon 1 M.G. B.1.seb-section. ORCHARD 1 Platoon 1 M.G. B.sub-section.
PONT FIXE 1 Platoon 2 M.G. B.1. sub-section. In these a Reserve
of S.A.A., Bombs, and Rations will be maintained. Order Boards and
Inventory Boards are in each. The Garrison is never to fall below
that stated level. 6. All supporting points will be inspected daily
by an officer to ensure maintenance work being carried out and the
defences kept in a proper condition. A report will be rendered at
8 p.m. daily that this has been done. 7. The Bn. in B.1. will be
responsible for the maintenance of all Trenches between the Canal
and BAKER ST. - ORCHARD ROAD inclusive. The Bn. in B.2.(a) is responsible
for all trenches thence to WOLFF ROAD (inclusive). The Bn. billeted
at LE PREOL will be responsible for the LE TOURET LINE. All trenches
will be inspected by an officer once in the forenoon and once in
the afternoon and a report rendered at 8 p.m. daily showing the
state of all trenches. Permanent maintenance parties will be detailed
for repair work. Action in case of Attack. 1. Brigade H.Q. moves
to CANADIAN FARM. 2. The BETHUNE Bn. will immediately concentrate
at LE QUESNOY, the head of the Bn. being close to PONT LEVIS, as
Divisional Reserve. 3. The LEPREOL Bn. will at once send 2 Coys.
and 2 Machine Guns to complete the garrison of PONT FIXE, the remaining
2 Coys. will move up and occupy the dugouts close to CANADIAN FARM.
4. The FERME DU ROI Bn. will move via the south bank of the Canal
and halt with its head at VAUXHALL Bridge. 5. The Front line will
be held at all costs. Should any portion be occupied by the enemy
the remainder of the line will be held and local counter attacks
made. Local Supports and Reserves will act under subsection Commanders
for this purpose. Subsection Commanders will consider plans to meet
all eventualities. 6. Troops on the right and left of the lost trenches
will assist the counter attacks by pushing Bombing parties down
the Trenches on the flanks of the attackers. 7. If more than a local
counter attack is required it will be organized by the Brigadier.
8. If the Front System of Trenches is broken through all Redoubts
must be held at all costs so as to form pivots to assist the main
counter attack. George Crossman, Maj. Brigade Major 21st
Brigade. Nov. 3rd 1915.
2/Bedf. R. Operation Order No.40. Ref. Map. Bethune
1/40,000 (Combined Sheet). 5th November, 1915.
1. The Battalion will relieve the 2nd Bn. YORKSHIRE
Regt. in the Trenches tomorrow 6th (B.2.a. Section). 2. the Bn.
will form up on road facing THEATRE at 9 a.m. tomorrow. Order of
March A. D. B. C. Coys. 3. Kits etc. to be ready for loading at
8 a.m. 4. Separate Orders have been issued to Transport Officer.
5. The 2 extra Bandoliers will be issued to N.C.O's. & men at GORRE
Bridge. 6. Each Coy. will leave behind one Section to clear up billets.
L.F. Beal [Leonard Frank BEAL, MC]. 21st Brigade Operation
Order No.93. Nov. 5th 1915 Ref. 1:10,000 Trench Map 1. The R.S.F.
will relieve the Wilts in B.1. subsection and the Bedfords will
relieve the Yorks in B.2. (a) subsection, tomorrow. 2. Guides for
the Bedfords will be at VAUXHALL Bdge. at 10.30 a.m. and for the
R.S.F. at PONT FIXE at the same time. 3. The M.G's of the R.S.F.
and Bedfords and one gun of the Camerons will be at VAUXHALL Bridge
at 2 p.m., where a guide from each gun to be relieved will meet
them, Lieut. SAMUT will superintend. 4. Transport will remain in
its present position. 5. On relief the Yorks will move to Billets
in the ECOLE DES JEUNES FILLES in BETHUNE and the Wilts to FERME
DU ROI. 6. The line will be held in accordance with the defence
scheme issued. 7. No.9 Trench Mortar Battery will remain in its
present Billets and be rationed by the Bedfords. 8. Completion of
Relief to be reported. George Crossman, Maj. Brigade Major
21st Inf.Bde.
2/Bn. Bedf.R. Operation Order No.41. 7th November. Ref.Map
BETHUNE 1/40,000.
1. The Battalion will be relieved tomorrow by the
2/YORKSHIRE REGT. and will return to last billets in BETHUNE. 2.
One Guide from each Platoon will be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE by 10.30
a.m. 3. The Battalion will assemble on N. side of CANAL with head
at WATERLOO BRIDGE in Order C. B. D. A. Companies. 4. Mens Packs
will be collected at a place notified later and taken to billets
by Transport. 5. All Kits etc. must be at Bn. H.Q. by 9 a.m. 6.
O.C. Coys. will report at Bn. H.Q. when relief is complete. 7. All
Trench Stores, Bombs etc. will be handed over & receipts taken,
one copy to be sent to Adjutant on arrival in billets. 8. Machine
Guns will be relieved at 2 p.m. A Guide from each GUN will be at
VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 2 p.m. 9. Drums will meet Battalion at WATERLOO
BRIDGE at 11.30 a.m. L.F. Beal [Leonard Frank BEAL, MC],
Lieut. A/Adjutant 2/Bedf. R.
21st Brigade Operation Order No.94. Nov. 7th 1915. Reference
1:40,000 and 1;10,000 Maps.
1. The Wiltshire Regt. will relieve the R.S.F. in
B.1. and the Yorkshire Regt. the Bedfords in B.2. (a) subsection
tomorrow. 2. The Reliefs will commence from PONT FIXE and VAUXHALL
BRIDGE respectively at 10.30 a.m. The usual guides will be supplied.
3. machine Guns will be relieved at 2 p.m. The Guns of the Yorkshires,
Wilts and 1 Gun of the CAMERONS will report to Lieut. SAMUT at VAUXHALL
BRIDGE at that hour. 4. Transport will remain in its present positions.
Bns. will arrange to move their own Blankets. 5. The 21st Field
Ambulance will arrange for an Ambulance to follow the last Coys.
of the R.S.F. and Bedfords from PONT FIXE and VAUXHALL BRIDGE respectively
to bring along men unable to march. 6. The line will be held in
accordance with the Defence Scheme. 7. No.9 Trench Mortar Battery
will remain in its present position and be rationed by the Yorkshire
Regt. 8. The Bedfords will be billeted in the ECOLE des JEUNES FILLES,
BETHUNE and the R.S.F. in a billet in BETHUNE to be communicated
later. 9. The South Bank of the Canal may be used only as far West
as WATERLOO BRIDGE. Bns. must then leave the Canal bank and move
via LE PREOL and LE QUESNOY. No roads north of the Canal may be
used. 10. Completion of Relief will be reported to Brigade H.Q.
George Crossman Maj. Brigade Major. 21st Infantry Brigade.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.95. November
9th 1915.
1. The 2nd Bn. Royal Scots Fusiliers will relieve
the 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment in B.1. and the 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire
Regiment the 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment in B.2. (a) at 10.30 a.m.
tomorrow. 2. Arrangements for the relief will be as usual. 3. Machine
Guns will be relieved at 2 p.m. 4. No.9 Trench Mortar Battery will
remain in position and be rationed by the 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment.
5. The 21st Field Ambulance will detail an ambulance to follow the
last Company of each Battalion. 6. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment
will take over the present Royal Scots Fusiliers' billets in BETHUNE,
and the 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment the Bedfordshire Regiment's billets.
7. Completion of relief will be reported to Brigade Headquarters.
George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Bde.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt.
ORCHARD REDOUBT has now been allotted to B.1. Subsection.
Defence Schemes will be amended accordingly. George Crossman,
Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Bde. 9th November 1915.
21st Brigade Operation Order No.96. Nov. 10th 1915 Reference
1:40,000 BETHUNE Map.
1. The following moves will take place tomorrow. 2.
The 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regt. to HINGETTE and exchange Billets with
the Royal Warwickshire Regt. Transport lines W.11.c. central. Head
of Bn. to pass Railway E.4.a. at 9.30 a.m. 3. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire
Regt. to MT BERNENCHON and exchange Billets with the South Staffordshire
Regt. transport lines P.31.d. Head of Bn. to pass Railway E.4.a.
at 10 a.m. 4. The Cameron Highlanders will march at 2 p.m. and move
into Billets at ANNEZIN. Working parties will follow on completion
of their work. 5. Completion of all moves will be reported to Brigade
H.Q. George Crossman Major. Brigade Major 21st Brigade.
21st Brigade Operation Order No.97. Nov. 11th 1915.
Reference 1:40,000 Map, BETHUNE Sheet. 1;10,000 Trench Map.
1. The following reliefs will be carried out tomorrow:
- 2. The 7th Bn. The King's (Liverpool Regt.) will relieve the R.S.F.
in B.1. Subsection, including SPOILBANK and PONT FIXE (North). 4
Platoon guides from the front line, 2 Pl. guides from the Support
line (flank platoons) and guides for Redoubts will meet the relieving
Bn. at PONT FIXE at 10.30 a.m. The 3 Machine Guns in Front line
and 1 gun in SPOILBANK will be relieved at 2 p.m. a [sic] which
hour a guide from each gun will be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE. The R.S.F.
on relief will march to Billets in BETHUNE reporting to the Town
Major there for the exact area. 3. The Bedfords will be relieved
by the 6th Gordon Highlanders between the two points where WILLOW
ROAD cuts northwards to SHAFTESBURY AVENUE. The 6th Gordons will
hold ORCHARD REDOUBT. Platoon guides will meet the 6th Gordons at
VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 11 a.m. and the 2nd Gordons at WINDY CORNER at
the same hour. machine Guns will be relieved at 9 a.m. The Bedfords
on relief will be billeted in the AVENUE DE BROUAY in BETHUNE. Transport
lines will be communicated to Quartermaster separately. 4. The Cameron
Highlanders will move to Billets in BELLERIVE. Move to be complete
by 1 p.m. 5. No.9 Trench Mortar Battery will at 10 a.m. be relieved
by No. 1 T.M. Battery and will march to BELLERIVE where it will
be billeted and rationed by the Cameron Highlanders. Transport will
be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 11 a.m. 6. Transport for packs will be
at PONT FIXE and VAUXHALL Bridge at 12 noon. 7. The 21st Field Ambulance
will detail an Ambulance wagon to follow the last Coys. of the R.S.F.
and Bedfords from PONT FIXE and VAUXHALL BRIDGE. 8. The South bank
of the Canal may be used only as far West as WATERLOO BRIDGE. Bns.
must then move via LE PREOL and LE QUESNOY. 9. On Nov. 13th the
Bedfords will move to LES HARISOIRS. Move to be completed by 1 p.m.
10. The completion of all moves will be reported to Brigade H.Q.
which at 2 p.m. tomorrow will move to the HALTE, W.24.c.9.1. George
Crossman, Maj. Brigade Major 21st Inf. Bde.
To - BEDFORDS. Sender's Number B.M. 2 Day of Month.
11th. Ref. O.O. No.97 of tonight
Your machine guns will not be relieved at 9 a.m.
as stated aaa One guide each for your two front line and COVENTRY
ST. guns will be at GIVENCHY KEEP at 2 p.m. aaa From 21st Bde.
AMENDMENT TO OPERATION ORDER NO.97 dated 11th November.
1. Para. 4. The Camerons will move to billets in LES
HARISOIRS and not BELLERIVE. 2. Para. 5. No.9 Trench Mortar Battery
will move to LES HARISOIRS. 3. Para.9. On November 13th the 2nd
Bn. Bedfordshire Regiment will move to BELLERIVE and not to LES
HARISOIRS. 4. On November 13th the Transport of the 2nd Bn. Royal
Scots Fusiliers will move to K. lines E.11.b.2.0. George Crossman,
Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade.
Subject: BILLET TABLE Headquarters, Infantry Brigade
The following are the billets allotted to Brigades after the reliefs
ordered by 7th Divisional Operation Order No.61 of 11th instant
are complete. [Brigade - Battalion Billets - Transport Lines] Northern
Brigade - le QUESNOY. ESSARS. - A.B.C.D.E. Southern Brigade - le
PREOL. Ferme du Roi. F.G.H. SEVELINGUE Farm and a field by Ferme
du Roi (Billet in Ferme du Roi.) Reserve Brigade - BELLERIVE. Mt
BERNENCHON. Les HARISOIRS. HINGES & HINGETTE. BETHUNE. T.S. RIDDELL-WEBSTER,
Captain, D.A.A. & Q.M.G., 7th Division 11th November, 1915.
2/Bn. Bed. R. Operation Order 41. 12/11/15. Ref.Map
BETHUNE 1/40,000.
1. The Battalion will be relieved today by the 6th
GORDON Highlanders between the teo points where WILLOW ROAD cuts
the Front line, and by the 2nd Gordon Highlanders northwards to
SHAFTESBURY AVENUE. The 6th Gordons will hold ORCHARD REDOUBT 2.
Platoon Guides will meet the 6th GORDONS at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 11
a.m. and the 2nd GORDONS at WINDY CORNER at the same hour. 3. One
Guide for each of the two guns in front line & one for COVENTRY
STREET will be at GIVENCHY KEEP at 2 p.m. 4. The Battalion after
relief will be billeted in the AVENUE de BROUAY in BETHUNE. 5. Transport
for Packs of men will be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 12 noon. 6. All Kits
etc. to be at Bn. H.Q. ready for loading at 9 a.m. 7. On relief
companies will move independently to Billets. 8. The South bank
of the Canal may be used only as far West as WATERLOO BRIDGE. Companies
must then move via LE PREOL and LE QUESNOY. 9. Completion of relief
will be reported to Bn. H.Q. 10. All Trench Stores will be handed
over and receipts - Copies of which should reach Adjutant by 9 a.m.
tomorrow. 11. On Nov. 13th the Battalion will move to LES HARISOIRS.
L.F. Beal [Leonard Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. A/Adjutant
2/Bed. R.
2/Bed./R. Operation Order No.42 12/11/15 Ref. Map BETHUNE
1/40,000
1. The Battalion will move to billets in BELLERIVE
tomorrow. 2. The Bn. will form up in Column of Route in the AVENUE
de BROUAY facing N.W. at 10 a.m. in following Order D. C. B. A.
M.G.Section, D. Co. leading. 3. Billeting parties will meet the
Q.Mr. at 10 a.m. tomorrow at the MAIRE'S HOUSE BELLERIVE. 4. All
Kits etc. to be ready for loading at 9.0 a.m. 5. Blankets (rolled
in bundles of ten) will be stacked at the MALTERIE at 9 a.m. 6.
Each Coy. will leave a party behind to clean billets. L.F.Beal
[Leonard Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. Adjt. 2/Bed./R
SECRET MEMORANDUM TO COMMANDING OFFICERS BY THE FIELD-MARSHAL
COMMANDING-IN-CHIEF
The Officer Commanding 2nd Bedf. R. 1. The Army in
France is entering upon a winter campaign in circumstances very
different from those of a year ago. Then we were in great inferiority,
both as regards numbers and munitions. Our position was necessarily
defensive and sometimes precarious. We emerged successfully from
a critical period because of the fine fighting qualities of officers
and men in the front line, and it was because of the high fighting
value of units that the Germans never achieved the moral ascendancy
for which they hoped and which seemed warranted by their superiority
in resources. The situation as regards resources is now reversed.
Whereas the enemy reached high-water mark in the early part of this
year and has since been slowly but surely declining, our army has
expanded very largely in numbers and the increase in munition supply
has been relatively greater still. Final success is therefore assured,
and it will come the sooner if we succeed in maintaining the highest
standard of efficiency in units. 2. With the expansion of the Army
there has been a necessary reduction in the number of experienced
officers and men in every unit. The efficiency of units has therefore
become more than ever dependant upon the unremitting personal effort
of commanding officers. It is because your work is of such paramount
importance to our success that I address this Memorandum personally
to you, not by way of criticism, but to assure you that the importance
of your task is fully understood and to guide you in your future
efforts. 3. I wish you to believe that I realise fully the difficulties
you have to contend with and the dangers and hardships to which
you are often subjected. I know your work is uphill and that its
results are often not apparent to you. The material on which you
have to work is often uninstructed and inexperienced, but it is
young, keen and impressionable. Therefore, if worked on rightly,
the best results can be expected. 4. The fighting value of the units
is derived from three interdependent sources - training, discipline
and moral. As regards training, you have ample data and instructions
for guidance, and staffs of formations are available to advise and
assist; but as regards discipline and moral you have to rely upon
your own personal efforts. Experience has shown that if these are
to be maintained at a high level among young officers and soldiers,
special attention must be given to the following points: - (i) A
proper chain of command must be established and responsibility definitely
fixed, so as to develop initiative and power of command. (ii) Discipline
must be applied rigorously among officers, slackness and incapacity
must never be condoned. (iii) Grumbling and uninformed criticism
must be eliminated. (iv) All leaders and particularly company and
platoon commanders should be made to understand the vital importance
of their duties, and that it is on their leading that success in
battle chiefly depends once the attack is launched. It should be
explained that, in battle, control is rarely possible and confusion
inevitable, and that their initiative, courage and skill largely
determine the fortunes of the day. (v) The disastrous consequences
of retirements must be insisted on. (vi) The history and traditions
of the regiment and the achievements of its members in this and
in previous campaigns should be systematically taught. (vii) Every
opportunity for fostering a fighting spirit should be taken, the
enemy must be harassed and his life made a burden. (viii) The reasons
for the war and the cause for which we are fighting must be explained.
The Army exists and works with one object and one only, and that
is to beat the Germans. All other considerations are subordinate
to this. 5. We are undertaking the great task of creating a large
Army while fighting a powerful and inscrupulous [sic] enemy. In
this task nothing is more important than the practice and inculcation
of the highest soldierly qualities. I am confident that I may rely
on you to devote yourselves whole-heartedly to the development of
these qualities in the splendid troops whom you have the honour
to command. J.D.P.FRENCH. 13th November, 1915.
Defence Scheme Northern Brigade 7th Division 20th Infantry
Brigade "A" Sub Division.
The NORTHERN SECTOR is divided into two SUB-SECTIONS.
"B" 2. WILLOW ROAD to SHRINE. "B" 3. SHRINE - GRENADIER ROAD exclusive.
The tour of the Brigade in the Sector will be 8 days and 4 days
in rest billets. Battalions will be in the trenches for 48 hours
of which not more than 24 hours will be spent on Fire trenches when
weather conditions render such a measure desirable. The 8th and
9th Battalions Devonshire Regt. will relieve each other in "B" 3
and "B" 2 to BERKELEY STREET exclusive. The 2nd battn. Border Regt
and 2nd Bn. Gordon Highlanders will relieve each other in "B" 2
from BERKELEY STREET to WILLOW ROAD A.9.d.4.4. 1/6 GORDON Highlanders
WILLOW ROAD A.9.d.4.4. - WILLOW ROAD A.15.b.4.9. This Battalion
will find its own relief in fire and SUPPORT Trenches from the Garrisons
of Keeps allotted to it and from men in Battalion reserve. 2. DISPOSITIONS.
The normal dispositions in the Sector are: - BRIGADE Headquarters
CANAL BANK. RIGHT BATTALION. FRONT LINE. 1 Coy. and 2 Machine Guns.
SUPPORT. 1 Platoon in STRATHCONA WALK and 1 Machine Gun in COVENTRY
STREET found by centre Bn. RESERVE. At WINDY CORNER. KEEPS. 1 Platoon
1 M.G. ORCHARD REDOUBT. 1/2 Platoon 1 M.G. WINDY CORNER. (to be
increased to 1 Coy. and 2 M.G's. in case of front line being broken).
CENTRE BATTALION. FRONT LINE 2 Coys. 2 M.G's. SUPPORT. 2 1/2 Platoons
in PICCADILLY. RESERVE. 1 Coy. GUNNER SIDING. KEEPS. 1 Platoon 1
M.G. in MARIE REDOUBT 1/2 Platoon 1 M.G. in HILDERS Redoubt (M.G's
to be found under arrangements made by Bde. M.G.O.) LEFT BATTALION.
FRONT LINE 2 Coys. 2 M.G's. SUPPORT. 3 Platoons om [sic] SCOTTISH
TRENCH and PARK LANE and 1 M.G. in SCOTTISH TRENCH. RESERVE. 1 Coy.
in NEW CUT. KEEPS. 1/2 Platoon 1 M.G. MOAT HOUSE. 1/2 Platoon 1
M.G. POPPY REDOUBT. N.B. Extra M.G's to be found under arrangements
made by Bde. M.G.O. The Battalion in RESERVE from centre portion
of LINE will find the Garrison of GIVENCHY KEEP - 1 1/2 Platoons
and 2 M.G's. The Battalions in reserve from left portion of LINE
will find the Garrison of HERTS REDOUBT. 3. Action to be taken in
case of ATTACK. (a) All Troops in the Sectors will at once stand
to Arms in fighting order. (b) Battalion Commanders will i. immediately
inform the Artillery ii. Inform Bde. H.Q. by wire and messenger.
(c) The front line will be held at all costs. Should any portion
of the front line be occupied by the enemy the remainder will be
held, and a local counter-attack at once made to expel the enemy
from that part of the line which he has gained possession. The Support
Coy's may be used to reinforce the front line in case of necessity.
A supporting platoon of centre and Left Battalions of both Sectors
will always stand to Arms in the Support trench in the vicinity
of the CRATERS, carrying picks and shovels ready to move forward
at once should the enemy explode a mine. The Reserve Coy. will be
moved up to the vicinity of the Support line and kept in hand for
Offensive Action. (d) Should the enemy obtain a lodgement in our
line troops to the right and left of the broken line will assist
the local counter attacks by pushing bombing parties down the trenches
on the flanks of the attackers. (e) If something more than a local
counter-attack by the troops actually in the front lines is required
to dislodge the enemy, it will be organised and prepared by the
Brigadier General Commanding. The success of the local counter-attack
is dependent on the Attack being launched at once before the enemy
has had time to settle himself in any way in the captured portions
of the trench. (f) All the garrisons of KEEPS will, in case of an
attack stand to their post's and will in any event hold on to their
posts tenaciously at all costs so as to form pivots to assist further
counter-attacks. (g) Bde. H.Q. will be established at WINDY CORNER.
Div. H.Q. at LE-QUESNOY. (h) Action of Reserves The Battalions in
LE-QUESNOY and ESSARS move up at once along North bank of CANAL.
Commanding Officers coming to the permanent Bde. H.Q. on CANAL Bank.
(i) Artillery Battalion Commanders are in close touch with the O.C.
Artillery, and Artillery Bde. Commanders with Bde. H.Q. O.C. Sub-Sections
will send the following message to Artillery "S.O.S. "B" 2 "B" 3.["]
as the case may be, and will then keep the batteries informed of
the progress of events. 4. Maintenance The O.C's Battalions finding
the garrison of the KEEPS will be responsible that they are kept
in a good state of repair and in a thoroughly defensive condition.
They will see that a reserve of 300 rds. per Rifle - two days rations
and Water and a supply of bombs are maintained - The posts will
be visited by an Inspecting Officer daily and all will stand to
their Battle posts twice daily. 5. Maintenance. Separate Orders
have been issued as to the system of work in, and maintenance of
Trenches. 6. Battalions Scheme of Defence. Battalion Commanders
will select their Bn. H.Qrs. and will draw up their schemes of Defence
on lines indicated in this scheme and will submit the same to Bde.
H.Qrs. for record. Similarly O.C. Coys. will draw up Schemes for
those under their command so that it is ensured that all know the
action to be taken in the event of an attack. 7. Housemaiding Parties
O.C. 1/6 Bn. GORDON Highlanders will find housemaiding parties of
1 N.C.O. and 3 men for following works. MARAIS E. MARAIS S.W. 8.
Other Defensive Schemes The defensive system consists of I. The
VILLAGE LINE. II. The LE-TOURET LINE. The dividing line between
NORTHERN and SOUTHERN Bdes. in the VILLAGE LINE is the junction
of WOLFE Road with the PONT FIXE - WINDY CORNER ROAD. LEFT flank
at LE PLANTIN. The Bde. is responsible for all defences in this
line within this srea. 9. Rest Area. When in rest area, on receipt
of news of an "ALARM" all Battalions will be prepared to move at
very short notice. 10. Lines of Approach. All Units must be thoroughly
acquainted with all lines of approach to the front 11. Strength.
For Garrison of KEEPS a platoon must consist of at least 30 Rifles.
The Garrison of GIVENCHY Keep, 1 1/2 platoons must be at least 50
Rifles. (Sd.) C.C. Foss
[Charles Calverley FOSS, VC, DSO], Captain, Brigade Major.
20th Infy. Bde. 13.11.15.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE ROUTINE ORDER No.98 14th November,
1915 Reference 1:40,000 BETHUNE Map.
1. The following moves will take place tomorrow:
- 2. The 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment will move to LE QUESNOY and
relieve the 2nd Gordons. 3. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment will
move to ESSARS and relieve the 8th Devons. 4. The 1/4th Cameron
Highrs. will move half battalion to FERME du ROI. 5. No. 9 T.M.
Battery will move and be billeted with the Camerons. 6. Units will
arrive at their destinations at 1 p.m. 7. On completion of move
the above battalions will pass temporarily under the command of
the 20th Brigade. 8. Completion of all moves will be reported to
Brigade Headquarters. George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major
21st Infantry Bde.
21st Brigade Operation Order No.99. Nov. 15th 1915.
Reference 1:40,000 Map BETHUNE. 1:10000 Trench Map
1. The Brigade will relieve the 20th Brigade in B.2.
and B.3. Sub-sections of the Trench line tomorrow. 2. The 1/4th
Cameron Highlanders. will relieve the 1/6th Gordon Highlanders between
the two points where WILLOW ROAD cuts the front Trench. They will
also garrison ORCHARD REDOUBT (1 Platoon) and WINDY CORNER (1/2
Platoon). the necessary guides will be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 10.30
a.m. "Housemaiding" parties of 1 N.C.O. and 3 men each for MARAIS
E. and MARAIS S.W. will be at 20th Bde. H.Q. Canal Bank F.10.a.
at 10.30 a.m. 3. The 2nd Bn. Yorkshire Regiment will relieve the
9th Bn. Devons from GRENADIER ROAD exclusive to BERKELEY ST. exclusive
and garrison POPPY REDOUBT (1/2 Platoon) and MOATED FARM ((1/2 Platoon).
The necessary guides will be at WINDY CORNER at 10.30 a.m. This
Bn. will also take over the Brigade Store at WINDY CORNER at 11
a.m. 4. The 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regt. will relieve the Border Regt.
from BERKELEY ST. inclusive to WILLOW ROAD and garrison MAIRIE REDOUBT
(1 Platoon) and HILDER REDOUBT (1/2 Platoon). The Necessary guides
will be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 11.30 a.m. 5. The R.S.F. will relieve
the 2nd Bn. Gordon Highlanders in GIVENCHY KEEP (1 1/2 Platoons
or at least 50 men) and the 8th Bn. Devons in HERTS Redoubt (1 Platoon).
The necessary guides will be at WIND [sic] CORNER at 11 a.m. for
HERTS and at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at noon for GIVENCHY KEEP. 6. Machine
Guns of the Bedfords, Yorks, Wilts and Camerons and 1 Gun of the
R.S.F. will be at VAUXHALL BR at 10 a.m. The relief will be carried
out under the orders of Lieut. SAMUT. 7. No.9 Trench Mortar
Battery will relieve No.1 T.M. Battery under arrangements to be
made between Battery Commanders. It will be attached to and rationed
by the Yorkshire Regt. 8. Defence Scheme and Maintenance Scheme
of the 20th Bde. will be taken over by Bns. and also all Trench
Stores. "Snyperscopes" will be placed in position by Bns first in
the line and will be handed over as Trench Stores while the Brigade
is in the Trenches. they will be withdrawn by the last Bns. when
the Brigade is relieved. 9. The defence of the line will be in accordance
with the defence scheme mentioned in para. 8. 10. The Bedford Regt.
will on the 17th Inst., move to Billets in ESSARS and the R.S.F.
to LE QUESNOY. This move will be completed by 1 p.m. Blanket Transport
will report at 10 a.m. 11. Completion of all moves will be reported
to Brigade H.Q. which at noon on the 16th inst. will move to Canal
Bank F.10.a. George Crossman, Maj. Brigade Major 21st Inf. Brigade
The following addition will be made to 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION
ORDER No.99: - 12. Transport of battalions will be billeted as follows
on November 16th and 17th. [unit - Nov.16 - Map Ref. - Nov 17 -
Map Ref] 2nd Bedfords - BELLERIVE - - - B.lines - X.25.a.4.5. 2nd
Yorks. - C lines - F.8.b.6.2. - C.lines - F.8.b.6.2. 2nd R.S.F.
- BETHUNE - - - D.lines - F.8.b.6.1. 2nd Wilts. - E lines - F.3.c.5.5.
- E.lines - F.3.c.5.5. Camerons - A lines - E.5.b.9.8. - A lines
- E.5.b.9.8. R.V.G.Horn, Captain, Staff Captain 21st Infantry
Bde. for Bde. Major
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regiment
Artillery complain that troops using the LANE, walk
up the LA BASSE [sic] ROAD as far as the barricade at BRADDEL POINT,
and thus render the observation posts there liable to shell fire.
Troops should enter at CAMERON SUPPORTING POINT, move via the BRICKSTACKS,
and so into the LANE. George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major
21st Infantry Bde. 16th November, 1915.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regiment
The War Office is very anxious to secure a small
supply of the latest pattern of German Armour piercing rifle Ammunition
for experiments in England against armour plate. If any of this
German ammunition is available or becomes available in the future,
will you please forward it to this office as early as possible.
George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Bde.
16th November, 1915.
SECRET Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regiment.
The 7th Division, towards the end of this month, will
be withdrawn from the 1st Corps, and join the 3rd Army. Its place
in the line will, in all probability, be taken by a new and inexperienced
Division, who will have little idea of the difficulties of trench
warfare in winter time. The G.O.C. hopes that no effort will be
spared to hand over our present lines in such condition that our
successors on arrival may start their campaign under favourable
conditions. George Crossman, Major, Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Bde. 16th November, 1915.
2/Bed./R. Operation Order No.43 Reference 1/40,000 Map
BETHUNE
1. The Battalion will move to Billets in ESSARS tomorrow
17th. 2. the Battalion will form up in Column of Route at 9.30 a.m.
tomorrow in following Order - H.Q. A. B. C. D. Companies. The head
of "A" Company will be at "W".7.c.4.8. 3. Blankets will be stacked
at FARM of "B" Co. by 9 a.m. 4. Kits to be ready for loading at
8.30 a.m. 5. Billeting parties will meet the Qr.Mr. at 9.30 a.m.
at ESSARS X.25.a. 6. Transport will move with Battalion. L.F.Beal
[Leonard Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. A/Adjutant 2/Bed.R
2/BEDFORDSHIRE REGT. OPERATION ORDER No.44 17th Nov.
1915. Ref. 1/40,000 Map BETHUNE.
1. The Battalion will relieve the 2 YORKSHIRE REGT.
in the Trenches tomorrow 18th. 2. The Battalion will parade on the
main road. Head of battalion at Road Junction X.25.a.5.5. facing
S.W. at 8.45 a.m. in the following order H.Q. D. A. B. C. Companies.
3. The extra bandoliers of ammunition will be issued at a point
between GORRE BRIDGE and WATERLOO BRIDGE. From this point Companies
will march by platoons at 200x interval 4. Blankets will be stacked
at Qr.Mr. Stores by 8 a.m. 5. Kits etc. will be collected at 7.30
a.m. 6. Guides for the Bn. will be at WINDY CORNER at 11 a.m. L.F.
Beal [Leonard Frank BEAL, MC], Captain. A/Adjutant. 2/Bed./R.
21st Brigade Operation Order No.100 Nov.17th 1915. Reference
1:40,000 Map BETHUNE. 1:10,000 Trench Map.
1. The following reliefs will take place tomorrow.
2. The R.S.F. will relieve the Wiltshire Regt. from WILLOW ROAD
to BERKELEY ST. (inclu.) and the garrisons of MAIRIE and HILDER
redoubts. The necessary guides from the Wiltshire Regiment will
be at VAUXHALL Bridge at 10.30 a.m. The Wiltshire Regt will during
this relief take over GIVENCHY KEEP and HERTS Redoubt from the R.S.F.
On relief the Wiltshire Regiment. will move to Billets in LE QUESNOY.
3. The Bedfordshire Regt will relieve the Yorkshire Regt. from BERKELEY
ST. (exclu.) to GRENADIER Road (exclu.) and the Garrisons of POPPY
Redoubt and MOATED FARM. The necessary guides from the Yorkshire
Regt. will be at WINDY CORNER at 11 a.m. The Yorkshire Regt. will
on relief move to Billets in ESSARS. 4. No.9 T.M.Battery will be
attached to and rationed by the Bedfordshire Regiment. 5. Transport
tomorrow night: - *Yorkshire Regt. B. Lines. Wiltshire Regt. E.Lines.
R.S.F. D. Lines. *Bedford Regt. C. Lines * Remain 6. Completion
of relief will be reported to Brigade H.Q. George Crossman, Maj.
Brigade Major 21st Inf. Brigade.
ADDITION TO OPERATION ORDER No.100 dated 17th November
Machine Gun relief to take place tomorrow November
18th: - 1. The guns of the R.S.F. will relieve the guns of the Wiltshire
Regt. Guides to be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE at 10 a.m. One gun of the
Wilts will take over HILDER REDOUBT from the R.S.F. 2. The Yorkshire
guns will relieve those of the Bedfords and vice versa. Two Yorkshire
guides will be at GIVENCHY KEEP, one at MOAT HOUSE, one at HERTS
REDOUBT at 9.30 a.m. 3. The Cameron guns in the keeps will relieve
those in the front line and vice versa. Relief to be completed by
10.30 a.m. George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Brigade.
TO: - 2/Bedfords. Sender's Number. S.C.111. Day of Month
17th.
Reference 21st Bde. Operation Order No.100 para 5.
The transport of YORKS and BEDFORDS will remain in their present
positions and will; not move as therein ordered aaa
FROM 21st Bde. 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER
No.101. November 19th 1915
1. On the 21st inst. the Cameron Highrs. will be
relieved by the 7th Bn. King's (Liverpool Regt.) of the 22nd Brigade.
2. 1 guide per platoon and one for ORCHARD KEEP will be met at VAUXHALL
BRIDGE at 2 p.m. Also 1 guide from the Machine Gun in ORCHARD REDOUBT.
3. All trench stores and statement of work in progress will be handed
over, but Sniperscopes will be withdrawn. 4. On relief the Camerons
will withdraw to Billets which will be notified later. 5. Completion
of relief will be reported to Brigade Headquarters. George Crossman,
Major. Brigade
Major 21st Infantry Brigade. Officer Commanding 2nd
Bedfordshire Regt.
1. The 19th Bn. Royal Fusiliers arriving at BETHUNE
on the 20th inst., will be attached to the Brigade for training
as follows: - 2. About 10.30 a.m. on the 20th inst., certain officers
and N.C.Os. will be attached to the Yorkshire and Wiltshire Regiments,
and will remain with them till the evening when they will return
to Bethune. They should be attached to similar units as their own
and go into the sector in to which it is proposed to take their
Platoons referred to in paras. 3 and 4. 3. About 10 a.m. on the
morning of the 21st inst., 4 platoons will be attached to the Yorkshire
Regt., and 4 platoons to the Wiltshire Regt. Each platoon will be
affiliated to a regular platoon and will be under the command of
the regular platoon commander. They will be employed as if they
were in occupation of the trenches. Each platoon, whose strength
will presumably be about 40, will remain in the trenches 24 hours.
4. About 10 a.m. on the 22nd inst., 4 platoons will similarly be
attached to the Bedfords and 4 platoons to the R.S.F. 5. About 10
a.m. on the 23rd inst., 1 Coy. will be attached to the Bedfords
and 1 Coy to the R.S.F. Each Coy. will be affiliated to a Coy in
the trenches and be under the command of the regular company commander,
platoons and sections likewise being under the command of the regular
platoon and section commanders. These Companies will remain in the
trenches 48 hours, and will consequently be in the trenches when
the Yorkshire and Wiltshire Regiments relieve the Bedfords and R.S.F.
6. At 10 a.m. on the 25th inst., they will be relieved by two more
Companies who will be similarly attached for 48 hours. 7. In order
to make room for the extra numbers referred to in paras. 3 and 4,
Battalion Commanders will withdraw (say) half the platoons in the
front line. These will be temporarily billeted in LE QUESNOY. Arrangements
for this will be communicated later. 8. Bombers and machine gun
detachments will be affiliated to similar units and should also
receive instructions when not in the trenches. This instruction
should include the use of live bombs. 9. The training should include
instructions in: - (a) methods of forming up and assaulting from
trenches. (b) Use of grenades, rifle grenades, trench mortars. (c)
Method of holding the line and use of machine guns. (d) Sanitary
precautions in the trenches. (e) Precautions against frostbite.
(f) Necessity for continuous and organised work in the trenches.
(g) Method of supply, and cooking in the trenches. 10. The Brigadier
wishes Battalion Commanders to give their personal attention to
the training of these new formations and to insist on the thoroughness
of the instruction. Units of the new formations must be regarded
as an integral portion of the units to which they are attached and
equal solicitude be shown for their comfort and instruction. 11.
Further instructions as to how the Companies referred to in paras
5 and 6 should be employed will be issued later. George Crossman,
Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry Brigade. 19th November, 1915.
Defence Scheme B.3.
In the event of attack the Company will stand to
arms and hold the line at all costs. Should the enemy obtain a footing
in our trench a counter attack will be delivered by bombers who
will work from both flanks simultaneously. This will be carried
out by "C" Company with probable assistance from my own, as circumstances
require, and in conjunction with the orders issued by Battalion
Bombing Officer. H.de Buriatte
[Harold de BURIATTE], Capt. O.C. A. Coy. 19.11.15. "D" Coy.
2nd Bedfordshire Regt. Defence whilst holding B.3. Area Distribution
of Company 2 Platoons - front line. 1 Platoon - Crater. 1 Platoon
- Support line. The front line must be held at all costs. The support
platoon to reinforce whenever and wherever the occasion demands.
Bombers. One Section per platoon. Bombers to carry 60 rounds of
ammunition in pouches. Leading bombers to be supported by riflemen.
Every man, other than the Company bombers, to carry at least two
bombs, with orders not to throw them unless the occasion demands
it. Should the enemy succeed in gaining a footing in any portion
of the line, he will be expelled by means of local counter attack.
To assist this, bombing parties will be detailed to work up the
trench on either flank of where the enemy has penetrated the line.
P.C. Cavan [Phillip Charles CAVAN] Capt. O.C. D. Co.
19.11.15. "C" Company Defence Scheme. B.3. In the event of attack
Company will "Stand to" at once and will be ready to support companies
in front line if necessary. In event of a portion of the line being
penetrated by the enemy a counter attack will be organised to expel
them. This will be carried out by the 3 platoons in SCOTTISH TRENCH.
If the line is penetrated on right portion of Battn. frontage the
company will move up to right of SCOTTISH TRENCH and work along
the front line with bombing parties. In event of enemy getting into
our line near the CRATERS bombers will be sent down SUNKEN ROAD
& work into the WARREN. In event of enemy penetrating left portion
of Battn. frontage, bombing parties will work down SUNKEN ROAD and
WARE ROAD. The garrisons in POPPY REDOUBT and MOAT HOUSE FARM will
stand to and hold on at all costs if front line is penetrated. They
will not leave their posts to help to reinforce front line at any
time. R.O. Wynne [Richard Own WYNNE, DSO], Capt. O.C.
"C" Coy. 19.XI.15.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bn. Bedford R.
Under instructions from A.D.M.S. 7th Division, I
have been ordered to convene a Medical Board for the purpose of
reporting on the medical fitness or otherwise of 2/Lieutenant
A.H.O.Riddell [Alexander Herbert Oliver RIDDELL, MC],
attached to your battalion. Would you please arrange, if possible,
for this Officer to attend No.21 Field Ambulance on 21 November,
15 at 11 a.m. W.G.Wright, Captain, R.A.M.C. Cdg. 21 Fld.
Amb. 19.11.15.
2/Bed. R. Operation Order No.45 19.11.1915. Ref.Map
1/40,000 BETHUNE.
1. The Battalion will be relieved tomorrow by the
2 YORKSHIRE REGT. 2. One GUIDE from each Platoon will be at WINDY
CORNER at 10.45 a.m. 3. The Yorkshire Regt. will continue to ration
the 9th Trench Mortar Battery. 4. Transport for Packs will be at
WINDY CORNER at 12 noon. 5. The M.Guns will be relieved by the YORKSHIRE
GUNS, one gun will remain and will take over MOAT HOUSE. Relief
to be completed by 10.15 a.m. 6. On relief the Bn. will withdraw
to Billets in ESSARS moving independently by Platoons. the N. bank
of the CANAL will be used only. 7. Transport will remain in its
present position. 8. All trench Stores will be handed over & receipts
taken. 9. O.C. Coys. will hand over a detail of work in progress
to relieving Coy. Commanders. 10. Kits. etc. to be ready for loading
at Bn. H.Q. by 10 a.m. 11. Completion of relief to be reported by
Phone to Bn. H.Q. 12. All work will be continued up to time of relief.
13. M.G.LIMBERS will be at WINDY CORNER at 10 a.m. L.F.Beal
[Leonard Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. Adjutant 2/Bed. R.
Machine Gun Officer 2/Bed. R. 19.11.15.
Your Guns will be relieved by those of the YORKSHIRES
tomorrow. One Gun will remain and take over MOAT HOUSE. Guides for
each Gun to be at WINDY CORNER at 9 a.m. Relief to be completed
by 10.15 a.m. On relief you will march to Billets in ESSARS. LIMBERS
will be at WINDY CORNER at 10.0 a.m. L.F.Beal [Leonard
Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. Adjutant 2/Bed. R.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER. 19th November,
1915. Reference 1:10,000 Trench Map
1. The Wiltshire Regt. will relieve the R.S.F. and
the Yorkshire Regt. the Bedfords in the trenches tomorrow. Relief
will commence from VAUXHALL BRIDGE and WINDY CORNER at 10.30 a.m.
and 11 a.m. respectively. The usual guides will be furnished. 2.
Machine Guns will be relieved in accordance with paper attached.
3. The Yorkshire Regt. will continue to ration No.9 T.M.Battery.
4. The R.S.F. will withdraw to billets in LE QUESNOY and the Bedfords
to ESSARS. Transport will not move. 5. The 21st Field Ambulance
will arrange for an ambulance to follow the rear Companies of the
R.S.F. and Bedfords. 6. Transport for packs will be at VAUXHALL
BRIDGE and WINDY CORNER at 12 noon. 7. On the 20th inst certain
Officers and N.C.Os. and on the 21st and following days certain
troops, will be attached to battalions in the trenches in accordance
with instructions issued separately. 8. Completion of relief will
be reported to Brigade Headquarters. George Crossman, Major.
Brigade Major 21st Infantry Bde.
SECRET. Defence Scheme B.3.
BERKELEY STREET - GRENADIER ROAD (both exclusive).
whilst held by the 2nd Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. 1. Disposition of
the Battalion. Frontline - 2 Companies and 2 Machine Guns. Support
- 3 Platoons in SCOTTISH TRENCH and PARK LANE 1 Machine Gun SCOTTISH
Trench. Reserve - 1 Company NEW CUT. Keeps - 1/2 Platoon and 1 Machine
Gun MOAT HOUSE. 1/2 Platoon and 1 Machine Gun POPPY REDOUBT. 2.
Action to be taken in case of Attack. (a) All Companies will at
once "Stand to Arms" in fighting order. (b) Company Commanders will
at once inform Battalion Head Quarters by telephone and the Artillery
if in communication with them and will send the following message
to Artillery "S.O.S., B.3." (c) The Front Line will be held at all
costs. Should any portion of the Front Line be occupied by enemy
the remainder will be held and a local counter attack be made to
expel enemy from that part of the line which he has gained possession
of. This will be done by the Company finding 3 Platoons in SCOTTISH
TRENCH and PARK LANE without any reference to Battalion Head Quarters
if O.C. Company considers it necessary. One Platoon of this Company
near the CRATERS will always have picks and shovels ready to move
forward at once should enemy explode a mine. The reserve Company
in NEW CUT will be moved up in the vicinity of the Support Line
and kept in hand as a reserve under O.C. Battalion. This Company
will send 2 Sections of bombers to POPPY REDOUBT to act as a Battalion
Reserve under the O.C. Battn. (d) Should the enemy obtain a lodgement
in our line, Companies to the right and left of the broken line
will assist the local counter-attack by pushing bombing parties
down the trenches on the flank of the attackers. (e) Garrison of
the two Keeps will stand to their posts and will in any event hold
on to their posts, at all costs so as to form pivots to assist further
counter-attacks. On no account will these garrisons be used for
reinforcing the front line. (f) Battn. Hd. Qrs. will be established
at POPPY REDOUBT 4. The O.C. Company finding the garrisons of the
Keeps is responsible that hye are kept in a good state of repair
and in a thoroughly defensive condition. He will see that a reserve
of 300 rounds per rifle - two days rations and water - and a supply
of bombs are kept up. 5. Company Commanders will draw up their "Scheme
of Defence" on the line indicated in this Scheme. So that it is
ensured that all ranks will know their place and the action to be
taken in case of Attack. These Company Schemes will be sent to Battalion
Hd. Qrs. by 2 P.M. tomorrow. 6. All Officers and Platoon Commanders
in the Support and Reserve Companies will make themselves acquainted
with the front line and the approaches to it.
Major. Comdg. 2nd Battn. Bedfordshire R. 20.11.15. MACHINE
GUN RELIEF - 20th November, 1915.
The guns of the Wiltshire Regt. will relieve those
of the R.S.F. No guides will be needed. The guns of the R.S.F. will
take over HERTS REDOUBT, HILDER REDOUBT and GIVENCHY KEEP (2 guns).
The guns of the Yorkshire Regt. will relieve those of the Bedfords.
One Bedford gun will take over MOAT HOUSE. The Cameron guns in the
keeps will relieve those in the FRONT LINE and vice versa. Reliefs
to be completed by 10.15 a.m. George Crossman, Major. Brigade
Major 21st Infantry Bde. 19th November, 1915.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bedfordshire Regiment
1. Please arrange for the 9 platoons who are to be
attached to the Yorkshire Regt. and Wiltshire Regt. to arrive at
WINDY CORNER A.8.c.4.8. at 10 a.m. tomorrow 21st inst. Each platoon
will be affiliated to a platoon of the regiment to which it is attached
and will be under the command of the regular platoon commander.
They will be employed as if they were in occupation of the trenches.
Platoons will be in the trenches 24 hours. These platoons will come
out of the trenches when the battalion to which they are attached
is relieved. 2. On the 22nd inst., the 4 platoons which will be
attached to the Bedfordshire regt., should report at the Headquarters
of that regiment at ESSARS at X.25.a., and the 4 platoons which
will be attached to the Royal Scots Fusiliers at the Headquarters
of that battalion at LE QUESNOY at F.9.a.3.7. From these they will
go down to the trenches with the battalions and will return to you
about noon on the 23rd inst. Further instructions will be issued
as to the attachment of companies. 3. Rations for the whole 24 hours
that these parties are in the trenches will be carried on the man.
The above has been sent to the O.C. 19th Royal Fusiliers. Any platoons
that you find necessary to withdraw from the trenches to make room
for the attached parties will be billeted in LE QUESNOY, where they
should report to the Quartermaster of the R.S.F. for billeting accommodation
and will come under the orders of the officer commanding the battalion
billeted in LE QUESNOY. George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major
21st Infantry Bde. 20th November, 1915.
To: - All Enc. Sender's Number. S.C.140. Day of Month.
21st.
Companies withdrawn from the front line during attachment
of 19th Royal Fusiliers will now be billeted on WINDY CORNER - PONT
FIXE Road in billets at present occupied by Camerons and not at
LE QUESNOY as previously arranged aaa The Huts at LE QUESNOY are
therefore available for the Bn. in occupation of that area aaa From
21st Inf. Bde.
2nd Bn. BEDF. R. OPERATION ORDER No.46 Ref. Map BETHUNE
1/40,000. 21.11.1915.
1. The Battalion will relieve the 2/Bn. YORKSHIRE
Regt. in the trenches tomorrow "B" 3. Sub-section. 2. Before leaving
ESSARS for the trenches 2 Platoons of the 19th Bn. Royal Fusiliers
will be attached to "C" Coy and 2 Platoons to "B" Coy. 3. Companies
will march to the Trenches independently starting at the following
times. C. Co. 8.30 a.m. B. Co. 9.0 a.m. "A" and "D" Companies 9.30
a.m. From a point midway between GORRE Bridge and WATERLOO Bridge
Coys. will march by Platoons at 200x intervals. 4. Guides for each
Platoon will be at WINDY CORNER. 5. Kits etc. will be ready for
loading at 8 a.m. 6. One Platoon of "C" Co. and one Platoon of "B"
Co. will go into Billets at WINDY CORNER - PONT FIXE ROAD. 7. "C"
Co. will be left Coy. and "B" Co. Right Coy. in the Front line.
A. Co. will be in Support. D. Coy. will be in Reserve. 8. Completion
of relief will be reported to Bn. H.Q. at WINDY CORNER. 9. Blankets
and billet stores to be handed over to Q.Mr. at 7.30 a.m. L.F.Beal
[Leonard Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. A/Adjutant 2/Bedf. R.
21st Brigade Operation Order No.103. Nov. 21st 1915.
Reference 1:40,000 BETHUNE Map. 1;10,000 Trench Map.
1. The following reliefs and moves will take place:
- 2. On Nov. 22nd the Cameron Highlanders will move 1/2 Bn. from
ESSARS to LE PLANTIN and relieve 1/2 Bn. of the 7th King's Own (Royal
Lancaster Regt.). Guides will meet the Camerons at the crossroads
by GORRE F.3.b.5.3. at 4.30 p.m. They will then move by the south
branch of the TUNING FORK and ESTAMINET Corner. On arrival this
1/2 Bn. will pass temporarily under the command of the 56th Bde.
19th Division. 3. On Nov.22nd the Bedfords and R.S.F. will relieve
the Yorks and Wilts in B.3. and B.2. subsections of the line under
the usual arrangements. 4. (a) On Nov. 23rd the 1/2 Bn. Cameron
Highlanders at LE PLANTIN will relieve the 7th Loyal North Lancashire
Regt. in the Trenches from GRENADIER ROAD (inclu.) on the right
to FIFE ROAD (inclu.) on the left. Details of this relief will be
settled direct between Commanding Officers but no formed body of
troops may move in daylight East of RUE LEPINETTE. The following
"Posts" will be held with garrisons as follows: - LEES KEEP (A.2.d.7.0.)
15 men 1 Machine Gun. LE PLANTIN E. (A.2.d.1.0.) 15 men 1 Machine
Gun. LE PLANTIN S. (A.5.a.) 40 men LE PLANTIN N. 50 men. 1 Machine
Gun. Machine Guns in the Front Trench will be relieved under orders
which will be issued by the Bde. M.G.O. (b) On the same day the
1/2 Bn. Cameron Highlanders at ESSARS will move to LE PLANTIN and
replace the 1/2 Bn. taking over Trenches. Move to be complete by
4.30 p.m. 5. On Nov. 24th the Yorks and Wilts, will relieve the
Bedfords and R.S.F. in B.3. and B.2. subsections under the usual
arrangements. The R.S.F. on relief will withdraw to LE QUESNOY and
the Bedfords to FERME DU ROI and not ESSARS as before. 6. Ambulances
and Transport for packs will be supplied as usual. 7. No.9 T.M.
Battery will continue to be rationed by the Yorkshires. 8. "Housemaiding"
parties of 1 N.C.O. & 3 men will be found by the Cameron Highlanders
for each of the following Posts. These parties will be at H.Q. 56th
Bde. at LOISNE X.28.a.5.8. at 3 p.m. on Nov. 23rd and guides will
be given them. TUNING FORK E. LOISNE E. TUNING FORK W. LOISNE W.
LE HAMEL. 9. On completion of the relief by the Camerons on Nov
23rd the G.O.C. 21st Brigade will assume command of the new line.
10. Completion of all moves and reliefs will be reported to Bde.
H.Q. George Crossman, Maj. Brigade-Major 21st Inf. Brigade.
2/Bn. Bedf. R. OPERATION ORDER.No.47 Ref. 1:40,000 BETHUNE
Map. 23.11.15.
1. The Battalion will be relieved by the 2 Yorks
Regt. tomorrow. 2. Guides from each platoon to be at WINDY CORNER
at 10.30 a.m. 3. The Bn. after relief will move to billets in FERME
DU ROI marching independently by platoons using the N. bank of CANAL.
4. C.Q.M. Sgts. will be on the N. side of CANAL BANK at E.12.b.5.8.
and will stay there until they have directed their last platoon
to billets. 5. Transport for Packs will be at WINDY CORNER at 12
noon. 6. Kits etc. to be at Bn. H.Q. ready for loading at 9.30 a.m.
7. All Trench Stores to be handed over and receipts taken. 8. The
Royal Fusiliers attached to the Battalion will remain in the Trenches
and will come under the command of the O.C. 2 YORKSHIRE REGT. 9.
Completion of relief to be reported by Telephone to Bn. H.Q. 10.
Troops going into the Trenches will enter by COLDSTREAM LANE and
those coming out by CALEDONIAN ROAD. L.F.Beal [Leonard
Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. Adjutant 2/Bedf. R.
DEFENCE SCHEME 21st INFANTRY BRIGADE
1. The Southern Brigade holds the line from WILLOW
ROAD A.9.d.4.4. to FIFE ROAD inclusive. This is held by 2 1/2 battalions.
Brigade H.Q. Canal Bank F.10.a. 2nd Division is on the Right and
20th or 22nd Brigade on the left. The Southern boundary of the area
runs from the WILLOW ROAD to the Canal at F.12.1.0. (ORCHARD REDOUBT)
and PONT FIXE being included in the 2nd Divisional area), thence
along the canal to its junction with the BEUVRY Canal and from there
passes South of LE QUESNOY and rejoins the Canal about PONT TOURNANT.
The Northern boundary is the junction of FIFE ROAD with the front
line, inclusive to the Southern Brigade, thence along FIFE ROAD
as far as its junction with the old British line, thence Westward
including LE PLANTIN North, TUNING FORK West, and GORRE WOOD to
the Southern Brigade. The general system on which the line should
be held is that each battalion should have two companies in the
firing line, one company in support and in occupation of the various
supporting points, and one company in battalion reserve. It is essential
that each battalion should have one company at least, and the brigade
one battalion at least, intact for immediate offensive action. 2.
Dispositions. Right Battalion. WILLOW ROAD A.9.d.4.4. to BERKELEY
ST. (inclusive). H.Q. WINDY CORNER. Front Line. 2 Companies 2 Machine
Guns. Support. 2 1/2 platoons in PICCADILLY. Reserve. 1 Company
GUNNER SIDING. Keeps. 1 platoon 1 Machine Gun in MAIRIE REDOUBT
1/2 Platoon 1 Machine Gun in HOLDER [sic] REDOUBT. Centre Battalion.
BERKELEY ST. (excl.) to GRENADIER RD. (excl.) H.Q. WINDY CORNER.
Front Line. 2 Companies 2 Machine Guns. Support. 3 platoons in SCOTTISH
TRENCH and PARK LANE and 1 Machine Gun in SCOTTISH TRENCH. Reserve.
One Company in New Cut. Keeps. 1/2 platoon 1 machine Gun MOAT HOUSE.
1/2 platoon 1 Machine Gun POPPY REDOUBT/ Left Battalion. GRENADIER
ROAD (incl.) to FIFE ROAD (incl.) H.Q. A.2.d.1.6. Front Line. 1
Company 1 Machine Gun. Support. 1 Company in GEORGE ST. (old German
line). Reserve. 1 Company in GROUSE BUTTS. Keeps. LEES KEEP 1/2
platoon 1 machine Gun. LE PLANTIN E. 1/2 platoon 1 M.G. In the Village
Line. LE PLANTIN N. 1 platoon 1 Machine Gun. LE PLANTIN S. 1 platoon
1 Machine Gun. The Battalion in Reserve from Right Section of line
will find the garrison of GIVENCHY KEEP - 1 1/2 platoons (50 men)
and 2 Machine Guns and HERTS REDOUBT - 1 platoon and 1 Machine Gun.
The Centre Battalion will find a garrison of 1/2 platoon and 1 Machine
Gun for WINDY CORNER KEEP. 3. Action to be taken in case of attack.
(a) Brigade H.Q. and the Artillery will be at once informed. (b)
The front line will be held at all costs. Should any portion of
the front line be occupied by the enemy the remainder will be held,
and a local counter-attack at once made to expel the enemy from
that part of the line of which he has gained possession. The support
companies may be used to reinforce the front line in case of necessity.
A supporting platoon of Centre and Left battalions of both Sectors
will always stand to arms in the support trench in the vicinity
of the craters, carrying picks and shovels ready to move forward
at once should the enemy explode a mine. The Reserve Company will
be moved up to the vicinity of the support line and kept in hand
for offensive action. (c) Should the enemy obtain a lodgement in
our line troops to the right and left of the broken line will assist
the local counter attacks by pushing bombing parties down the trenches
on the flanks of the attackers. (d) If something more than a local
counter attack by the troops actually in the front line is required
to dislodge the enemy, it will be organised and prepared by the
Brigadier General Commanding. The success of the local counter attack
is dependant on the attack being launched at once before the enemy
has had time to settle himself in any way in the captured portions
of the trench. (e) All the garrisons of Keeps, will, in case of
an attack stand to their posts and will in any event hold on to
their posts at all costs so as to form pivots to assist further
counter attacks. (f) Brigade Headquarters will be established at
WINDY CORNER. (g) ACTION OF RESERVES. The battalions in LE QUESNOY
and FERME DU ROI move up at once along North bank of Canal. Commanding
Officers coming on to the permanent Brigade Headquarters on Canal
Bank. (h) In the event of a serious attack on the front now held
by the 7th Division the LE QUESNOY Battalion will occupy those portions
of the VILLAGE LINE lying within the area with half a battalion.
The principal works in this line are WINDY CORNER, LE PLANTIN South,
LE PLANTIN North. 4. Battalions Scheme of Defence. Battalion Commanders
will draw up their Schemes of Defence on the lines indicated in
this Scheme and will submit the same to Brigade Headquarters for
record. Similarly Officers Commanding Companies will draw up Schemes
for those under their command so that it is ensured that all know
the action to be taken in the event of an attack. 5. Other Defensive
Systems. The other Defensive Systems consist of (i) The VILLAGE
LINE. (ii) The LE TOURET LINE. 6. Lines of Approach. All units must
be thoroughly acquainted with all lines of approach to the front.
7. Strength. For garrison of Keeps a platoon must consist of at
least 30 rifles. The garrison of GIVENCHY KEEP, 1 1/2 platoons must
be at least 50 rifles. 8. Artillery Fire. The fire of the batteries
of "A" group which covers the Brigade will be distributed as follows:
- 104th Battery A.9.d.8.2. to A.9.d.3.9 1/2. "F" Battery. A.9.d.3.9
1/2 to A.9.b.1.9. "T" Battery.to enfilade GIVENCHY Salient. 58th
Battery. A.9.b.1.9. to A.3.a.8.2. 31st Battery. will cover the front
of the Southern Brigade. George Crossman, Major. Brigade
Major 21st Infantry Bde. 24th November, 1915.
Officer Commanding 2nd Bedf. Regt.
The following is substituted for my 1028/G of the
17th inst. MAINTENANCE OF TRENCHES. 1. Each battalion in the front
line is responsible for the upkeep of the fire and support trenches,
and of all communications between firing line and support line within
its area. 2. The Right Battalion is responsible for QUEENS ROAD
and KINGS ROAD. HERTS AVENUE up to COLDSTREAM LANE HATFIELD ROAD
and WOLFF ROAD. The Centre Battalion is responsible for all Trenches
between QUEENS ROAD - KINGS ROAD and GRENADIER ROAD both exclusive.
The Left Battalion is responsible for All trenches between GRENADIER
ROAD and FIFE ROAD inclusive. An officer of each battalion should
be detailed for this duty and permanent parties placed at his disposal.
3. R.E. working parties are at work on some of these routes, the
permanent parties are for the purpose of keeping them in order after
the R.E. party has completed its work. The officer should report
at once if further R.E. assistance, or a larger working party is
required. George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Bde. 24th November, 1915.
2/BEDF. R. OPERATION ORDER NO. 48 Ref. Map. BETHUNE
1:40,000 25.11.15.
1. The Battalion will relieve the 2 Yorks in "B"
3 Sub-Section tomorrow. 2. The usual Guides will be at WINDY CORNER.
3. Kits to be ready for loading at 7.30 a.m. 4. Disposition of Battalion
will be: - A. Co. Left of Line. B. Co. Support. C. Co. Reserve.
D. Co. Billets at WINDY CORNER. Officers and Platoon Sergts. of
D. Co. will proceed to the Coy of 19th Royal Fusiliers on Right
of Line. This Coy. will then come under command of O.C. "D" Coy.
5. Companies will march off as follows. A. Co. 8.30 a.m. D. Co.
9.0 a.m. B. Co. 9.15 a.m. C. Co. 9.30 a.m. from GORRE BRIDGE Coy's
will move by Platoons at 200x distance using WESTMINSTER BRIDGE.
In the event of SHELL fire Platoons will move in extended order.
6. Blankets of H.Q. & D. Co. will be stacked at the Hutments of
"D" Co. Those of Other Companies at FERME DU ROI by 8.0 a.m. L.F.Beal
[Leonard Frank BEAL, MC], Capt. Adjt. 2/Bedf. R.
21st INFANTRY BRIGADE OPERATION ORDER No.104. November,
25th 1915. Ref. 1:10,000 Trench Map.
1. The following reliefs will take place: - Nov.
26th. The R.S.F. relieve the Wiltshire Regt. The Bedfords relieve
the Yorkshire Regt. Nov.28th. the Wiltshire Regt. relieve the R.S.F.
the Yorkshire Regt, relieve the Bedfords. The Cameron Highrs. will
arrange for the relief of their front Companies from their Companies
in Support and reserve. 2. The battalions in the Right Subsection
will move via VAUXHALL BRIDGE, and those in the Left Subsection
via WESTMINSTER BRIDGE. 3. The usual platoon guides will be provided.
4. Transport for packs will be at VAUXHALL BRIDGE and WINDY CORNER
at 12 noon. 5. No.9 T.M.Battery will continue to be rationed by
the Yorkshire Regt. 6. Completion of all reliefs will be reported
to Brigade H.Q. R.V.G.Horn, Capt. for Major. Brigade Major
21st Infantry Bde. B. Coy. Defence Scheme 26/XI/15.
1. In the event of a hostile attack the Coy. will
immediately stand to arms in fighting order - equipment on packs
handy, one round in the chamber, safety catches forward &c. and
O.C. Coy will inform B.H.Q. of the attack. 2. (a) If the enemy effect
a lodgement in the front line, B. Coy. will immediately counter
attack from SCOTTISH TRENCH. (b) If the enemy succeed in taking
SCOTTISH TRENCH, No.6 platoon occupying POPPY REDOUBT & MOAT FARM
will close the existing gaps in their wire entanglements. 3 men
will be detailed in each keep for this purpose. 3. No.5 platoon
will always have picks & shovels handy, and in the event of a hostile
mine being exploded will immediately occupy the near lip of the
Crater. 3 bayonet men or three bombers from No.7 platoon will go
forward with this party to cover their digging. 4. No.6 platoon
(garrisoning POPPY RDBT & MOAT FARM) will hold on at all costs.
The Platoon Commander is responsible that the keeps are in a thoroughly
defensible condition, & that a reserve of 300 round per rifle, 2
days rations & water & a supply of bombs is kept up. The garrison
are on no account to leave the keeps. 5. All Officers & platoon
Sergts. will make themselves acquainted with the approaches to the
front line. R.B. Gibson, Capt.
[Robert Bowness GIBSON] Comg. B. Coy. 26/XI/15.
SECRET. Defence Scheme B.3.
Centre Battalion. Disposition of the Battalion. Front
Line. 2 Companies and 2 Machine Guns. Support. 3 Platoons in SCOTTISH
TRENCH and PARK LANE and 1 Machine Gun SCOTTISH TRENCH. Reserve.
1 Company NEW CUT furnishing 2 Sections for garrison at WINDY CORNER.
Keeps. 1/2 Platoon and 1 Machine Gun MOAT HOUSE. 1/2 Platoon and
1 Machine Gun POPPY REDOUBT. 2. Action to be taken in case os attack.
(a) All Companies will at once "stand to arms" in fighting order.
(b) Company Commanders will at once inform Battalion Headquarters
by telephone and the Artillery if in communication with them and
will send the following message to Artillery S.O.S. B.3. (c) The
Front line will be held at all costs. Should any portion of the
front line be occupied by enemy the remainder will be held and a
local counter-attack at once made to expel enemy from that part
of the line of which he has gained possession. This will be done
by the Company finding three Platoons in SCOTTISH TRENCH and PARK
LANE without any reference to Battalion Headquarters if O.C. Company
considers it necessary. One Platoon of this Company near the CRATERS
will always have Picks and Shovels ready to move forward at once
should the enemy explode a mine. The Platoon Commander will report
each evening to the O.C. Company that this arrangement has been
made. The reserve company in NEW CUT will be moved to UPPER CUT
and kept in hand as a reserve by O.C. Battn. The O.C. Company will
join Battalion Headquarters at POPPY REDOUBT. This Company will
send 2 Sections of Bombers to POPPY REDOUBT to act as a Battalion
reserve under the O.C. Battalion. (d) Should the enemy obtain a
lodgement in our line Companies to the right and left of the broken
line will assist the local counter attack by pushing bombing parties
down the trenches on the flanks of the attackers. (e) Garrisons
of the two keeps will hold on to their posts at all costs so as
to form pivots to assist further counter attacks. They will NOT
be at the disposal of O.C. Companies. All other men such as cooks
and servants will be sent to join them. (f) Battalion Headquarters
will be established at POPPY REDOUBT. 4. The O.C. Company finding
the garrisons of the Keeps is responsible that they are kept in
a good state of repair and in a thoroughly defensive condition.
he will see that a reserve of 300 rounds per rifle, two days rations
and water, and a supply of bombs are kept up. 5. Company Commanders
will draw up their Schemes of Defence on the lines indicated in
this Scheme so that it is ensured that all ranks will know their
place and the action to be taken in case of attack. These Company
Schemes will be sent to Battalion Headquarters by 10 a.m. tomorrow.
All Officers and Platoon Commanders in the Support and reserve Companies
will make themselves acquainted with the Front Line and the approaches
to it. In the event of a serious attack the garrison at WINDY CORNER
will be reinforced by the Battalion at LE QUESNOY. H.S. Poyntz
[Hugh Stainton POYNTZ, DSO], Major.
Commanding Officer 2/Bn. Bedfordshire Regt. 26.11.1.5.
C. Company Defence Scheme.
In case of attack Company in NEW CUT stands to at
once. the Company will move up to UPPER CUT and be ready as a reserve
for C.O. of Battn. 2 Sections will be sent to garrison WINDY CORNER.
2 Sections of bombers will be left at POPPY REDOUBT to act as bombing
Reserve for O.C. Battn. O.C. Company will report at Battn. H.Q.
in POPPY REDOUBT & await instructions. R.O. Wynne [Richard
Own WYNNE, DSO], Capt. O.C. "C" Coy. 27.XI.15.
2/BEDF. R. OPERATION ORDER 49 Ref. Map BETHUNE 1:40,000.
27.11.15.
1. The Battalion will be relieved by the 2/YORKSHIRE
REGT. tomorrow. 2. Platoon GUIDES to be at WINDY CORNER at 10.30
a.m. 3. On relief platoons will march independently to Billets at
FERME DU ROI using the N. bank of CANAL. 4. Kits etc. will be ready
for loading at WINDY CORNER at 9.30 a.m. Transport for packs will
be at WINDY CORNER at 12 Noon. O.C. Coys will issue instructions
that men are not to place the Bandoliers of ammunition or their
Smoke Helmets in their packs, also canteens, which should be available
for the issue of TEA on arrival in billets. 5. All Trench Stores
will be handed over and receipts taken. 6. Completion of relief
to be reported by Telephone to Bn. H.Q. 7. Working Party. O.C. "C"
Coy will detail a Working Party of one Officer and 118 N.C.O's.
and men to remain at WINDY CORNER tomorrow and report to LIEUT.
SHENSTONE R.E. at 8.30 p.m. This party will remain in billets
at WINDY CORNER until the morning of 30th Nov. & will be under the
command of O.C. 2/YORKSHIRE REGT. 2 Stretcher Bearers will remain
behind with this party. Arrangements have been made for Rations
& blankets for this party. 8. In the event of the road outside MOAT
HOUSE FARM REDOUBT being shelled during relief platoons will at
once get into HERTS AVENUE. Communication trench returning along
it as far as HERTS REDOUBT. L.F. Beal [Leonard Frank BEAL,
MC], Capt. Adjt. 2/Bedf. R.
PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS FOR RELIEF
1. On November 30th the 19th Brigade will relieve
the 20th Brigade in the present line. 2. They will hold the line
as follows: - 5th Bn. Scottish Rifles from WILLOW ROAD to LORGIES
ROAD (incl.) with MAIRIE REDOUBT, and will find its own relief.
1st Bn. Cameronians from thence to the junction of SCOTTISH TRENCH
and NEW TRENCH (excl.) and POPPY REDOUBT. Relief will be billeted
in LE QUESNOY. 18th Bn. Royal Fusiliers thence to FIFE ROAD (incl.)
and LEES REDOUBT and LE PLANTIN E., LE PLANTIN N. and LE PLANTIN
S. Relief battalion will be billeted in FERME DU ROI. 20th Bn. Royal
Fusiliers will find the garrisons of GIVENCHY KEEP, HILDER REDOUBT,
MOAT HOUSE, HERTS REDOUBT, and WINDY CORNER, from 1 company. 3.
At 9 a.m. Nov. 26th the Commanding Officers and Adjutants of these
battalions will arrive at Brigade Headquarters and be sent to WINDY
CORNER where an officer from battalions in the trenches will meet
the party and show them the trenches. 4. At 9.30 a.m. Nov. 29th.
Company Commanders, Machine Gun Officer, and Bombing Officer of
each battalion will arrive at WINDY CORNER and be similarly shown
around. 5. During the night of Nov. 29th/30th certain officers and
N.C.Os. from the 5th Bn. Scottish Rifles, and 1st Bn. Cameronians,
will be attached to the 2nd Bn. Wiltshire Regiment and 2nd Bn. Yorkshire
Regiment respectively to learn the method of holding the craters
and saps. 6. Relief on the 30th inst., will commence from VAUXHALL
BRIDGE at 11.30 a.m., WINDY CORNER at 11 a.m., and ESTAMINET CORNER
at 4.30 p.m. George Crossman, Major. Brigade Major 21st Infantry
Bde. 27th November, 1915.
SECRET To: - Bedfords. Sender's Number. B.M.82. Day
of Month. 27th.
Wire cutting will take place on the GIVENCHY Salient
tomorrow 27th inst. at 11.30 a.m. aaa Frontage selected is from
A.9.b.0.5. to A.9.b.12 aaa Battery firing is 104th of A Group aaa
500 rounds will be fired mostly deliberate with some rapid bursts.
George Crossman, Maj. B.M. From 21st Bde. Defence Scheme In the
event of attack the enemy will stand to arms and hold the front
line at all costs. The Platoon in support will at once move up Scottish
Trench to Park Lane to be used as circumstances require. In the
event of the enemy obtaining a footing in the Battalion front, Companies
on the right and left of the effected area will at once carry out
a bomb attack on both flanks in conjunction with the Battalion Bombing
Officer's orders. H.de Buriatte
[Harold de BURIATTE], Capt, O.C. A. Coy. 27.11.15.
|
|
2nd Battalion links
Below are links to the other pages with information
on the 2nd battalion during the Great War:
|
|